(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Southern College Catalog 1984-85"

I 



i 



-. u 



1 



m 



.. < ■ ■ • - 




il:l;£fi[;l:tf 



CATALOG 



OF SEVENTH-DAY 
ADVENTISTS 



At Your Service 

Inquiries by mail or telephone should be directed as follows: 

SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

Collegedale, Tennessee 37315 

Telephone 238-2111 

Area Code 615 



ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND REQUIREMENTS— Vice President for 
Academic Administration, 238-2004 

ADMISSIONS, RECRUITMENT, and RETENTION— Vice President for 
Admissions and College Relations, 238-2037 or (800) 624-0350 

COLLEGE DEVELOPMENT— Vice President for Development and 
AJumni Relations, 238-2028 

GENERAL INTEREST-^President, 238-2000 

HOUSING— Residence Hall Living— Vice President for Student Ser- 
vices, 238-2015 

Married Students' Housing, 238-2023 
Men's Residence Hall, 238-3004 
Women's Residence Hall, 238-2904 

PUBLIC RELATIONS^Director of College Relations, 238-2040 

RECORDS-^Jirector of Records, 238-2033 

STUDENT FINANCE-rDirector of Student Finance, 238-2051 

STATEMENT OF MISSION 

♦ Founded in 1892, Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a 
four-year coeducational accredited college owned and operated by the 
Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. ♦ Its faculty 
and staff are committed to academic excellence and to modeling their 
satisfaction with a personal relationship with Jesus Christ. ♦ The col- 
lege seeks to guide students in a personal commitment to thoughtful 
excellence in academic achievement, in service, in appreciation of cul- 
tural diversity, and to a mature personal relationship with Jesus Christ, 
demonstrated by a life that is consistent with the ideals and mission of 
the Seventh-day Adventist Church. ♦These goals are accomplished 
through rigorous liberal arts, professional, pre-professional and voca- 
tional curricula, and through a total environment calculated to promote 
balanced development of the intellectual, spiritual, physical, and social 
dimensions of life. 



NOT TO BE TAKEN 
FROM LIBRARY 



THIS IS 
SOUTHERN COLLEGE 



I. DESCRIPTION 

Southern College is a four-year co-educational institution established 
by the Seventh-day Adventist Church primarily to serve its constituents 
in the southeastern* part of the United States. Its purpose is to provide 
liberal arts, professional, pre-professional, and vocational curricula in a 
Christian setting. 

II. STATEMENT OF EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY 
AND OBJECTIVES 

The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist Church 
is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of humanity in 
the world. The following is a summary of this understanding: 

(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and Sus- 
tainer of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of all 
knowledge. 

(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion with 
Him, man possessed harmonious physical, mental, spiritual, and 
social attributes. 

(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but God 
in His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration of His 
image in humanity, thus preparing man for eternal personal fel- 
lowship with God. 

In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed 
as an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of man's 
relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. Education, 
consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. Southern 
College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, and physical 
environment designed to encourage this development through the fol- 
lowing specific objectives. 

Spiritual 

Students are expected to acquire an understanding of the beliefs and 
value system of Christianity as understood by the Seventh-day Adventist 



*This College is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists, which is comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama, 
Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and 
Tennessee. 



This Is SC 



Church. Religious instruction in the classroom, religious convocations, 
and a variety of opportunities for Christian fellowship and service pro- 
vide the context in which students are encouraged to make their own 
commitment to these ideals. 

Intellectual 

Faculty and students constitute a fellowship of Christian scholars 
engaged in a lifelong pursuit of learning. Academic activities are there- 
fore designed to assist students in achieving intellectual and career goals 
and in acquiring skills for future learning. A liberal education cur- 
riculum is designed to develop critical thinking and expression, intel- 
lectual curiosity, aesthetic appreciation, and cultural awareness to help 
fit students for the realization of their immediate and long-range goals. 

Social 

Since social maturity is necessary for successful family and commu- 
nity living, Southern College endeavors to provide for the development 
of healthy interpersonal relations, communication skills, and 
decision-making abilities in an atmosphere marked by personal concern 
and acceptance. 

Physical 

The development of the whole person would be incomplete without 
attention to physical well-being. Principles of healthful living, includ- 
ing a balanced program of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recrea- 
tion are promoted through instruction, work experience, and recrea- 
tional facilities. 

HISTORY 

In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern College 
had its beginning in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in the small 
village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became known as Grays- 
ville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern Industrial 
School and five years later to Southern Training School. 

In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion of 
plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in Hamilton 
County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the antici- 
pated community. At its new location the school opened as Southern 
Junior College and continued as such until 1944 when it achieved senior 
college status and the name was changed to Southern Missionary Col- 
lege. Through the ensuing years the College had become known to its 
alumni and friends as SMC. On February 16, 1982, the name was again 
changed to Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. 

SETTING 

SC's main campus is nestled in a valley surrounded by over one 
thousand acres of school property. The quietness and beauty of the 



This Is SC 



peaceful surroundings are in keeping with the college's educational 
philosophy. 

The community and campus post office address is Collegedale, eight- 
een miles northeast of Chattanooga and three miles from Ooltewah off 
Interstate Highway 75. 

An extension campus in Orlando at the Florida Hospital provides 
additional clinical facilities for the baccalaureate program of the Divi- 
sion of Nursing. 

ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS 

SC is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 
and is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education for the 
preparation of secondary, elementary, and early childhood teachers. 

The curricula of both the Associate of Science degree program and the 
Bachelor of Science degree program in nursing, including Public Health 
Nursing, are accredited by the National League of Nursing as surveyed 
by the Collegiate Board of Review. The Division of Nursing is an agency 
member of the Department of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Pro- 
grams of the Division of Nursing Education of the National League for 
Nursing. It is also accredited by the Tennessee Board of Nursing and is 
recognized by the Florida State Board of Nursing. 

The College is accredited by the Seventh-day Adventist Board of 
Regents and is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the 
American Council on Education, the Tennessee College Association, the 
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National 
Council of Accreditation for Teacher Education (NCATE), and the Na- 
tional Association for Schools of Music. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

The academic program consists of ten divisions offering thirty-six 
majors and thirty-four minors in which students may qualify for the 
baccalaureate degree. Students may pursue programs of study leading to 
the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Music de- 
grees. Various pre-professional and terminal curricula are available to 
students wishing to qualify for admission to professional school and to 
those wishing to take a two-year terminal program of a technical or 
vocational nature. 

SC STUDENTS 

Approximately sixty percent of the students of SC come from the eight 
states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Ad- 
ventists. However, most of the additional states and 25-30 foreign coun- 
tries are also represented. Generally, the student group is fairly equally 
divided between men and women. 



This Is SC 



Former SC students are now serving in the ministerial, teaching, 
medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist Church at 
home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study, business 
pursuits, government service, research activities, private and institu- 
tional medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels. 

FACILITIES 

^ Twelve buildings house the academic activities of the College. 

Richard Brock HaJJ — Art, Communication, English, Modern Lan- 
guages, History-Political Science, Business and Office Administra- 
tion, Instructional Media, WSMC-FM 

Daniells Hall — Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science 

Hackman Hall — Biology, Chemistry 

Mazie Herin Hall — Nursing 

/. Mabel Wood Hall — Music 

Led/ord Hall — Industrial Arts 

Lynn Wood Hall — Religion 

McKee Library 

Physical Education Center — Physical Education 

Student Center — Computer Center, Student Health Service, Cafeteria, 
Testing and Counseling Center, Campus Ministry Office, student 
activity rooms, Teaching Learning Center 

Summerour Hall — Behavioral Sciences, Education, Home Economics 

Wright Hall — Administration 

Other facilities on or near campus serve student needs. 
Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school 
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 
College Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the college 

and community 
Recreational Area — tennis courts, a track, a golf course, playing fields 
Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school 
Student apartments 
Talge Hall — men's residence hall 
Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall 
Trailer park 
WSMC-FM — a 100,000-watt stereo, non-commercial, educational 

radio station affiliated with National Public Radio, The Associated 

Press, and The Adventist Radio Network 

Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries 
and service departments. 




STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES 



A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of associa- 
tion. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if students 
develop their interests and meet their needs through participation in the 
nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged to take ad- 
vantage of the facilities and opportunities planned for their cultural, 
social, and spiritual growth. 

RESIDENCE HALL LIVING 

Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take" 
prepares the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for the 
rights and opinions of others, and offers a firsthand experience in adjust- 
ing to a social group. 

To assure students this beneficial experience, the College requires 
those students who take more than three semester hours of classwork 
and who are unmarried and not living with their parents or other close 
relatives in the vicinity to reside in one of the residence halls. 

REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for Students with 
Special Needs 

Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and 
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending. 
All applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for 
special services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office 
for a visit to the campus at which time the applicant will receive informa- 



Student Life and 
Services 



tion concerning all features of campus life and can share with the 
f| College officials any information pertinent to personal needs. 

DINING 

I For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, SC provides a 

complete cafeteria service, organized to serve the students' needs. The 
spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social and cultural life at the 
College, and service by the cafeteria staff is available for the many 
student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary dining rooms are availa- 
ble for meetings of various student or faculty organizations. 

HEALTH SERVICE 

The Health Service is administered by a nurse director in cooperation 
with a college physician and the Dean of Students. The director uses the 
physician's standing orders and maintains regular office hours. The 
college physician holds regular clinic hours each weekday morning. 

A fourteen-bed infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and 
at night on an on-call basis by live-in A.D. nurse graduates who are 
continuing for the B.S. degree. 

The Health Service is available to all dormitory occupants and all 
students taking eight or more hours (three hours in the summer). The 
infirmary is available to all dormitory occupants. There is no charge for 
seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to cover 
costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given are 
charged by the pharmacy. 

All students taking eight hours or more are covered under the Student 
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan. Spouses of students and those 
taking less than eight hours may purchase the plan. A policy brochure 
describing complete benefits and terms is given to each student at 
registration. In case of major illness, students may be referred to off- 
campus hospital facilities. 

GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING SERVICE 

During registration each student is assigned an acacfemic adviser who 
will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on 
academic questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek 
counsel concerning academic or personal problems from any member of 
the faculty. 

Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a profes- 
sional counselor should consult the Dean of Students or Director of 
Counseling Services. Personnel trained in psychology and counseling 
are available to those with serious social and personal problems. 

The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling 
service in providing guidance information to both students and coun- 



Student Life 
and Services 




Student Life and 
Services 



8selors. Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service as a 
means of obtaining information useful in choosing a profession or occu- 
pation. 

I ORIENTATION PROGRAM 

SC has a personal interest in the success of the student desiring a 
college education. There is much that the student must do for himself in 
getting acquainted with the academic, social, and religious life of the 
College by perusing this bulletin and the SC Student Handbook. Instruc- 
tion and counsel are given which will help the student better understand 
the college program and what is expected of him as a citizen of the 
college community. 

Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to the opening 
week of the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in 
course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes, 
and functions of the College. Social occasions are also provided when 
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new 
freshman students are required to attend the orientation program. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE 

SC encourages every student enrolled to organize his educational 
program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the College to give 
students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to work, is physically 
and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his class schedule to 
accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should be able to obtain 
employment on campus. Students seeking employment should contact 
Student Employment Office located in the Student Center. 

SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE 

One of the personnel services of the College is that of assisting 
graduates in securing appointments for service. The Placement Service 
distributes information concerning senior students to a wide list of 
prospective employers. The Dean of Students serves as the liaison officer 
in bringing graduate and employer together. 

STUDENT ASSOCIATION 

Every student at SC who is taking eight or more semester hours of 
classwork is a member of the Student Association with voting privileges 
in the election of officers. Opportunities for leadership development and 
for cooperation in achieving the objectives of SC are afforded by the 
Association. The Association assists the College administration and 
faculty in the implementation of policies and assumes responsibility in 
giving direction to campus activities entrusted to it. 

The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated 



Student Life 
and Services 



through the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees. 
The activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, South- Q 

ern Accent; the yearbook, Southern Memories; the announcement sheet, 
Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty directory, Joker. 

The activities and responsibilities of officers and the detailed organi- 
zation of the Student Association are outlined in the Student Associa- 
tion Constitution and By-laws. 

CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS 

Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than 
thirty campus organizations provide opportunity for enrichment, lead- 
ership training, and enjoyment. They include church-related 
organizations — Campus Ministry, Student Ministerial Association, Col- 
legiate Adventists for Better Living, and Literature Evangelists Club; 
clubs related to academic interests sponsored by the divisions; social 
clubs — Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi, and Upsilpn Delta 
Phi; and special interest or hobby clubs. 

Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative grade 
point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the previous 
semester to hold any elected office. 

CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES 

Each year a concert-lecture series featuring distinguished artists, lec- 
turers, and film travelogues is provided for students, generally on Satur- 
day or Sunday nights. The cost of season tickets issued to students is 
partially included in the tuition. 

FINE ARTS SERIES 

To cultivate an appreciation for that which is elevating and beautiful 
in the fine arts, evening concerts by visiting musicians are sponsored by 
the Division of Music. Art exhibits by prominent artists are displayed in 
the McKee Library and in the Student Center and are open to the public. 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT 

In harmony with the objectives of the College, high standards of 
behavior are maintained to encourage the development of genuine 
Christian character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and 
social integrity delight in standards that elevate and ennoble. Admission 
to SC is a privilege that requires the acceptance of and compliance with 
published and announced regulations. Only those whose principles and 
interests are in harmony with the ideals of the College and who willingly 
subscribe to the social program as ordered are welcomed. It therefore 
follows that since students at Southern College receive an education 
subsidized by the Seventh-day Adventist Church, those who engage in 



Student Life and 
Services 



1 



> s 



I 



activities designed to be detrimental to the church on or off campus will 
not be knowingly accepted or retained. 

A student who finds himself out of harmony with the social policies of 
the College, who is uncooperative, and whose attitudes give evidence of 
an unresponsive nature may be advised to withdraw without specific 
charge. The use of tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of 
drugs, theater attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or vulgar 
language, hazing, and improper associations are not tolerated. 

Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of 
conduct published in the SC Student Handbook. The handbook includes 
levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A copy may be obtained 
from the Dean of Student Affairs. Interim announcements of policies 
adopted by the faculty are of equal force with those listed in official 
publications. 

CHAPEL AND WORSHIP SERVICES 

In private parochial education it has been well known that elimination 
of residence halls convocations and all school convocations is the first 
step toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church. 
Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student 
body serve educational and religious purposes. They also provide an 
element of unity which is one of the most desirable features of private 
education such as is found at Southern College. 

The religious emphasis weeks and the weekend church services assist 
in the spiritual growth of the students comprising the college commu- 
nity. Students are required to attend these services regularly. Failure to 
do so will jeopardize the student's current status and readmission 
privileges. 



ADMISSION TO SC 

Southern College welcomes applications from students, regardless of 
race, sex, religion, or national origin, whose principles and interests are 
in harmony with the ideals and traditions of the College as expressed in 
its objectives and policies. Although religious affiliation is not a re- 
quirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by the 
policies and standards of the college as a Seventh-day Adventist institu- 
tion. 

PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1 

Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit three satis- 
factory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one of the 
following three conditions by the time of enrollment: 

Regular Acceptance 

A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, inciting Home 
Study International, with a grade point average (GPAJ of at least 
2.00 (on a 4.00 scale) in major subjects 2 and have a minimum 
composite score of 15 on the American College Test (ACT). 

B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test, have a com- 
posite score of 15 on the ACT, and be eighteen years old by June 1 
(prior to admission). 

C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, fourteen 
of which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum GPA of 3.00 
in the major subjects, and have a minimum composite score of 15 
on the ACT, 

SC must have received a final high school transcript or GED scores 
from each new student before he will be admitted to registration. 

Acceptance on Academic Probation 

A. If either the high school GPA or ACT composite score is below the 
minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be ac- 
cepted on academic probationary status. 

B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than 
12 semester hours during the first semester. 



^hose planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should 
consult divisional admissions requirements. 

2 Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign lan- 
guage. 

11 



Admission to SC 



If both the high school GPA and the ACT composite score are below 
the minimum requirements (2.00 and 15 respectively), it will be neces- 
sary for the student to take a minimum of six semester hours (in solid 
courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before being accepted at 
Southern College. These six hours may be taken at SC during the sum- 
mer (last session excluded) or at another accredited college. 

Applicants to freshman standing are expected to have the following 
minimum subjects in their secondary program: 

1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech. 

2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra. 

3. Two units of science. A college class in biology, chemistry, or 
physics must be taken in addition to general education require- 
ments if this condition is not met. 

4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World 
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be taken 
as part of the general education requirements. 

5. Two units in a foreign language for a B.A. degree are required. If 
deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level will be 
required. 

6. One unit in typing is strongly recommended. 

ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DIVISION 

Students who wish to be admitted to nursing courses as freshmen or as 
transfer students should refer to the Nursing section of the Catalog for 
admission requirements. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students wishing to transfer to SC from another accredited college or 
university must follow the same application procedure as other stu- 
dents. Transfer credits may be applied toward the requirements for a 
degree when the student has satisfactorily completed a minimum of 
twelve semester hours in residence. Credit by examination taken at other 
colleges will be accepted according to Southern College standards (see 
pages 35 and 36). A maximum of seventy-two semester hours may be 
accepted from a junior college. Background deficiencies revealed by 
transcripts and entrance examinations will be given individual atten- 
tion. 

Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are not 
regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 16 
semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. Only 
those courses that are comparable to SC courses and for which the 
student has earned a "C" or better grade will be accepted. 

A student who has been dismissed from another institution because of 
poor scholarship or citizenship or who is on probation from that institu- 



Admission to SC 



tion is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify for 
readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. Trans- 1 j 
fer students must submit both their college and high school transcripts 
to the Admissions Office before being admitted to registration. 

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission 
requirements and who do not wish to become degree candidates or 
otherwise-qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer 
to another institution of higher learning may register as special students. 

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

An international student making application to Southern College 
must have completed the equivalent of a United States high school 
(secondary) education. He is required to list only the institutions and 
dates attended on his application forms, but he will not be accepted to 
Southern College until the college has received original records or 
official copies of all his credits, degrees, diplomas and other credentials, 
with validation by school or national officials. These should be in the 
original language, accompanied by a translation (not an interpretation) 
in English, and certified by an American Embassy official if possible. 

The Director of Admissions of Southern College will evaluate 
academic documents received for international students based on the 
recommendations found in the World Education series of booklets pub- 
lished by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admis- 
sions Officers and Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, pub- 
lished by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 

Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General Certifi- 
cate of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or more "0" 
level academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with marks 1 
through 6 or A through D). Subjects must include English, a natural 
science, and three others selected from a second language, mathematics, 
science and social studies. 

Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before 
admission. This may be done by taking the English Language Profi- 
ciency Test (ELI) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 
Students whose ELI score is below 90 or TOEFL score is below 550 will 
be required to take an eight (8) week Basic English Language Seminar 
during the previous summer. Students must reach the above stated score 
to be admitted to the college for the regular academic year. If admitted, 
after taking the Basic English Language Seminar students will be re- 
quired to enroll in ENGL 099. Southern College is not a bilingual institu- 
tion. 

In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses 



Admission to SC 



for an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Section of the 
Catalog.) 

Southern College offers no financial aid to international students. The 
student must secure funds from other sources to meet his or her educa- 
tional expenses. International students should realize that according to 
U.S. Immigration laws, overseas students are not permitted to work more 
than 20 hours per week and may not be employed except on the college 
campus. 

It is important that an international student not leave his homeland 
until he or she receives an official letter of admission from Southern 
College. Such a letter will be issued only if the student's academic 
credentials are satisfactory, surety advance deposit has been made, and 
he is able to demonstrate his ability to finance his education at Southern 
College. Then his (Immigration) 1-20 form will be issued. 

When the student departs his homeland, he should have in his posses- 
sion: 

1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College; 

2. 1-20 form; 

3. A valid passport; 

4. A valid visa to enter the United States; 

5 . Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in addition to 
the international surety deposit required of all non-U.S. citizens). 

APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION 

► Prospective students should request application forms from the 
Office of Admissions. 

► Completed applications, budget sheets, and medical forms should 
be returned to the Office of Admissions with an application fee of 
$15 if the application is received at least six weeks before the 
beginning of the semester and $20 if after that. 

► It is the student's responsibility to request his former schools (high 
school and college) to forward his transcripts to the Office of 
Admissions in support of his application. These will become the 
property of the College. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED 
DIRECTLY FROM AN APPLICANT. 

► To permit a more effective program of counseling for admission, 
applicants who have earned fewer than twelve semester hours 
must submit scores from the American College Testing program 
(ACT). Test scores are valuable in determining ability to pursue a 
college program and in discovering areas in which the student may 
be deficient. 



■HHHMMHMHBB|BMH|^Hg|MaHH^HMMWW|Bwn| 



DIRECTOR OF 
ADMISSIONS 



BOXN2 1 




I 



BOXN8 

INTER- 
NATIONAL 

STUDENTS 



► Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of cred- 
its, recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions Committee 
will notify the applicant of the action taken. 

WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY 

New students are urged to submit applications not later than the last 
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the 
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the College to 
suggest ways of strengthening the student's preparation. Because of the 
difficulty sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtain- 
ing necessary transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time 
will be necessary for processing late applications. 

Students in residence may submit re-applications without charge 
until April 30. Thereafter the regular application fee of $15 will be 
required until July 15, after which the fee becomes $20. 



15 



PROGRAMS OF STUDY 
DEGREES AND CURRICULA 

PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY 

When planning for college, the student should consider in detail the 
course of study which will lead to his desired profession or occupation. 
If a firm decision about the choice of life work has not been made before 
entering college, a student may take a general program of study explor- 
ing several fields of knowledge during the freshman year. This approach 
need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned. 

The College offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts, 
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Business Adminis- 
tration, Associate of Science and Associate of Technology degrees, vari- 
ous pre-professional curricula, and two one-year occupational certifi- 
cate programs. 

When planning his course work, each student should acquaint him- 
self with the programs of study and graduation requirements outlined in 
this Catalog. Freshman students may consult faculty members during 
the summer months before the beginning of the fall term. Students 
planning to teach should consult the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences so as to include courses in teacher education as a part of their 
program in order to qualify for denominational and state certification. 

Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree require- 
ments. A student may choose to meet the requirements of any one 
catalog in effect during the period of residency. If he discontinues for a 
period of twelve months or more, he must qualify according to a single 
catalog in force subsequent to his return. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as 
follows: 

► Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 13). 

► A minimum of 124 semester hours including 40 hours of upper 
division credits, with at least 18 upper division credits in the major 
for a Bachelor of Science degree and at least 14 for a Bachelor of 
Arts degree, with six in the minor, and a resident and cumulative 
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students receiving the 
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing will need 127 semester 

16 



Programs of Study 



hours or the Bachelor of Music degree will need 132 semester 
hours. 

► Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a B.A. 
degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.25 in the majors,* completion of the 
general education requirements, and electives to satisfy the total 
credit requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades 
lower than a "C — " may not be applied on a major or minor. No 
course may fulfill the requirements of more than one major and/or 
minor. 

► Completion of an examination as required by the division. 

► Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to complete, 
beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a minimum of 30 hours, 
including 16 hours upper division, and a new major. 

► Completion of three writing emphasis courses including one in the 
major field and one outside the major field. 

The general degree requirements for an associate degree are as fol- 
lows: 

► A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative 
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. * Nursing majors need 68 
semester hours. 

► Completion of a major with a cumulative grade point average of at 
least 2.00, the general education requirements, and electives to 
satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. Courses com- 
pleted with grades lower than M C -" may not be applied on a major. 

► Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish 
to obtain another associate degree may do so upon completion of 
the curriculum prescribed for the second degree. The work com- 
pleted for the second degree must include at least 24 hours in 
residence over and above the number of hours earned for the first 
degree. If the second associate degree is earned subsequent to the 
first associate degree, the requirements for the second degree will 
be governed by the provisions of the Catalog in effect at the time 
the student re-enters the College for work toward the second de- 
gree. No course may fulfill the requirements of more than one 
major and/or minor. 



* A music major requires a grade point averaee of 2.25 in applied music and other 
music courses., calculated separately. Students wishing educational certifica- 
tion must have a grade point average of at least 2.5 in their majors. Elementary 
education majors must also have a grade point average of at least 2.25 in their 
required nonmajor subjects. A nursing major requires a grade point average of 
2.25 in nursing and cognate courses. 



Programs of Study 



► Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time they 
receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are in 
different fields . If requirements for an associate and a baccalaureate 
degree in the same field are completed at the same time, only the 
higher degree will be conferred. 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

► A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements of a 
specific one-year program. 

► A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. 
Grades in the technical area below "C— " will not be accepted. 

CLASS STANDING 

Freshmen 0-23 semester hours 

Sophomores 24-54 semester hours 

Juniors 55-93 semester hours 

*Seniors . , - 94- semester hours 

Eligibility for office requires an acceptable scholastic and citizenship 
record. 

* A student may not be classified as a senior until he has filed a formal request 
with the Office of Records. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Degree Candidacy: A student may become a degree candidate when he 
enters upon the school term during which it will be possible to complete 
all requirements for graduation. Formal application for graduation must 
be made during the fall registration of the senior year. All resident 
candidates must be members of the senior class. 

Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of 
commencement for those graduating at the close of each semester or (b) 
for others, the last day of the month in which graduation requirements 
are met, with the exception of the month preceding the month in which a 
commencement exercise is held when the date will be the actual date of 
the commencement. 

Transcripts: Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts 
of all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the Office 
of Records. 

Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to par- 
ticipate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all the 
courses they need for graduation. 

In Absentia Policy: Seniors who are enrolled at Southern College 
during the semester in which the commencement exercise is held are to 
be present for the ceremony or an in absentia fee of $30 will be levied. 



Programs of Study 

Deferred Graduation; A student is ordinarily allowed to graduate 
under the requirements of the Catalog of the year in which he enters the 1 Q 
College or of any subsequent year in which he is in attendance provided 
he does not discontinue attendance for twelve months or more. If a 
student who is studying for a baccalaureate degree fails to graduate 
within six calendar years (four years for an associate degree), he must 
reorganize his degree plan to conform to the current Catalog. Time spent 
on active military duty is not considered a part of this allowed time. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 

Baccalaureate Degree: Thirty semester hours of credit must be com- 
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the bac- 
calaureate degree. These hours must include 16 upper division, with 
eight in the major and three in the minor fields. 

Associate Degree: Twenty-eight semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the 
associate degree. Sixteen of these hours must be in the major area of 
study. 

Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be com- 
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a one-year 
certificate. 

Trans/er Credit: Unless prior arrangements were made with the 
Academic Dean, the College will not accept transfer credit earned at 
another college or university during any session the student was simul- 
taneously enrolled at Southern College. 

UPPER DIVISION CLASSES 

Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level 
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course 
(upper division). The English composition and mathematics require- 
ments must be met before enrollment in upper division classes. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

It is an awesome task to distill from the accumulated human experi- 
ence those stories, histories, thoughts, and skills which can be trans- 
mitted in a classroom setting and at the same time contribute maximally 
and positively to the student's own experience. The choices are many, 
and competition for inclusion is intensive. Yet degree programs do 
necessitate a certain amount of structure so choices have to be made. 
Each division is allowed a great deal of freedom in choosing require- 
ments for the major area of specialization. However, the faculty have 
chosen certain experiences, known as general education requirements, 
to which they feel all degree candidates should have some exposure. 



Programs of Study 



Underlying all general education requirements are the basic academic 
skills of English and mathematics. Proficiency in these skills is essential 
to the transmission of much of the human experience. 

The faculty of Southern College chooses without apology the religious 
experience as fundamental to a correct understanding of all of man's 
other experiences. The religious experience embodied in the teachings 
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church has been chosen to be transmitted 
to the students. It is recommended as enabling, enriching, and uplifting. 

Because man builds his present and future upon the past, it is neces- 
sary that he have historical perspective. A society which allows its 
members a voice in shaping its political, social and economic institu- 
tions can survive only if these citizens are well versed in man's history 
and cognizant of man's experiences, past and present, with these institu- 
tions. 

Language, literature, and the arts give expression to man's thoughts 
and feelings. Acquaintance with these modes of communication en- 
riches one's life through more effective expression of his own thoughts 
and feelings and through better understanding and appreciation of the 
thoughts and feelings of others. 

A study of the natural sciences develops in man an inquiring attitude 
toward his environment. It provides him with empirical and rational 
methods of inquiry and an awareness of both the potential and the 
limitations of science and technology in solving man's problems. 

Social units ranging from the individual through the family, church, 
communities, and nations exert a tremendous influence upon one's life. 
A study of those units and the conditions which affect them positively or 
adversely contributes to one's adjustment within his society and his 
opportunity to improve both himself and his society. 

Creative, practical, and recreational skills provide man with exercise, 
relaxation, and a sense of well-being and accomplishment. They provide 
a wholesome and healthy diversion from heavy academic programs and 
from work responsibilities later in life. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 

Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bach. 
AEEA A. BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS 

All Area A courses must be completed be- 
fore upper division work is undertaken. 
Upper division transfer students may take 
Area A requirements concurrently with 
upper division classes. 

1. English 3-6 6-9 

ENGL 099 is required of all students with 



Programs of Study 



an English ACT score below 13, plus 
ENGL 101 is required for an associate 
degree and ENGL 101, 102 for a 
bachelor's degree. 
2. Mathematics 0-3 0-3 

MATH 099 is required of all students 
with a Math ACT score below 12, plus 
MATH 103, 104, or 114 is required of all 
with a score below 22. 

1REAB. RELIGION 6 12 

Transfer students must take 3 hours for each 
year or part thereof in attendance at an SDA 
college with a minimum of 6 hours. 
Bachelor's degree students must take at 
least three hours from each of the sub-areas. 

1. Biblical Studies 
All RELB courses. 

2. Religion 

All RELT courses. (Only one of RELT 
317, 318, 325, will apply.) 

AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC 
SYSTEMS 

Students with less than one secondary 
school credit for World History must in- 
clude one o/ the following: HIST 174, 175, 
364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389. 

1. History 3 6 
All HIST courses. 

2. Political and Economic Systems 3 
All PLSC courses; GEOG 204 (elementary 
education majors only); GEOG 306, 

ECON 213, 224, 225. 

AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, FINE ARTS 2 9-12 

Bachelor's degree students must include at 
least 2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas (2 sub- 
areas if required to take 6 hours of foreign 
language]. Students entering SC who have 
less than two secondary school credits of 
foreign language and who are pursuing a 
Bachelor of Arts degree must take a full year 
of beginning foreign language. 
1. Foreign Language 

FREN 101:102, 211:212; GRMN 101:102, 



21 



Programs of Study 



22 



I 



211:212; SPAN 101:102, 211:212, 344; 
RELL 271:272, 311:312, 471:472. 

2. Literature 

All ENGL literature courses; all SPAN 
literature; MDLG 304. 

3. Music and Art Appreciation 

HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 215, 314, 315; 
ART 218, 318, 344, 345. 

4. Speech 

SPCH 135, 136, 236. 

AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 

Bachelor's degree students must take at 
least 3 hours from each of 2 sub-areas. Only 
one of the following may apply: BIOL 325, 
PHYS 31 7 f 318. Students who have less than 
two secondary school units in science must 
take 3 hours of science above the usual re- 
quirements; e.g. associate degree students 
must take 6 hours and bachelor's degree 
students must take 9 hours. 

1. Biology 

BIOL 103, 104, 105, 106, 125, 155:156, 
226, 314, 325. 

2. Chemistry 

CHEM 111:112, 113:114, 151:152, 
201:202. 

3. Physics 

PHYS 107, 155, 211:212, 213:214, 317, 
318. 

4. Earth Science 
ERSC 105, 106. 

AREA F. BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, 
HEALTH SCIENCES 
Bachelor's degree students must include at 
least 2 hours in each of 2 sub-areas. 

1. Behavioral Science 

All PSYC courses except 326, 344; all 
SOCI courses except 223, 365; SOCW 
221, 222, 375; EDUC 217, 427. 

2. Family Science 

HMEC 146, 147, 201, 202, 313, 349; 
BUAD 128, SOCI 223, 365; PSYC 233. 

3. Health Science 

HLED 173, 203; FDNT 125. 



3-6 



6-9 



Programs of Study 

SAG. ACTIVITY SKILLS 3 6 

Associate degree students may take a 23 

maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area; 
bachelor's degree students may take a 
maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. All 
students must take at least 1 hour from G-3. 

1. Creative Skills 
All MUPF courses; ART 104:105, 109, 
110, 215, 235; ENGL 314; CRTF 112, 225, 
312. 

2. Practical Skills 
ACCT 103, ^21:122; CPTR 105, 106, 107, 
120, 125, 127, 131, 132, 217, 218; HMEC 
164, 165, 166, 244, 345; FDNT 126, 127, 
317; INDS 145, 149, 154, 155, 174, 175, 
176, 177, 185, 255, 264, 265, 274, 323, 
325; SECR 104, 105, 114, 115, 214, 218; 
AGRI 100; LIBR 125; CRTF 101; EDUC 
250. 

3. Recreational Skills 
All PEAC courses; PETH 261. 

ADDITIONAL BACHELOR'S DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

1. Forty upper division hours. 

2. Three writing-emphasis classes. These 
classes are identified by a "(W)" follow- 
ing the course name, e.g., History of the 
South (W), in the divisional listings. One 
such class must be in the student's major 
field and one must be outside the major 
field. 

SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program) 

The honors program is designed for students who bring to their bac- 
calaureate studies a high degree of motivation and intellectual curiosity. 
Special projects, interdisciplinary studies and designated honors 
courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating educa- 
tional experience. Degrees of depth and breadth are attained in this 
ixperience beyond those normally attained in regular baccalaureate 
studies. 

The program is administered by an honors committee. This committee 
admits students to the program and discontinues honors status of those 
who fail to maintain minimum program standards. Its members also 
advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor their 
progress. 

Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during 



Programs of Study 



24 



registration. A freshman is eligible if he has a high school GPA of 3.70 or 
higher. Other students must have completed at least thirty-one and at 
most sixty-two semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3 .50 or higher. 

To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a 
minimum of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each 
calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence 
courses, receive a grade of B (3.00) or higher in each honors sequence 
course and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors 
students are expected to graduate within a four-year period unless ex- 
tenuating circumstances justify an extension by the honors committee. 

Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in resi- 
dence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee in the 
case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern College 
who wish to take classes at another institution must secure prior ap- 
proval from the honors committee. 

After successfully completing one year in the honors program, a 
Southern Scholar will be eligible to audit one class of his choice per 
semester without charge for as long as he remains in the honors program. 
In addition, upper division students who have maintained their partici- 
pation in this program for at least one year will receive a reduction in 
their tuition equivalent to the cost of one three-hour class per semester. 
This reduction does not apply during the summer session. 

HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE 

A. General Education 

Honors students must meet regular general education requirements 
with the following stipulations: 

1. Area B2. One of the following courses must be selected: BIOL 
325, PHYS 317, PHYS 318, PSYC 385. 

2. Area Dl. Foreign language competency must be attained at the 
intermediate level. 

3. Area D2. One of the following courses must be selected: ENGL 
445, MDLG 304. 

4. Area D3. HMNT 205 must be selected. 

5 . Area E. MATH 1 1 5 or MATH 215 and one of the following science 
sequences must be selected: BIOL 155:156; CHEM 151:152; PHYS 
211:212 with PHYS 213:214. 

B. Honors Seminar 

A sequence of eight lectures, one each month, September through 
April, taken during the junior or senior year. 

C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study) 



Programs of Study 

A significant interdisciplinary project demonstrating an under- 
standing of the relationship between the student's major field and 25 
some other discipline. Directed study research, writing, special per- 
formance, appropriate to the major in question. The honors commit- 
tee expects the project to be of sufficiently high quality to justify 
public presentation. The project must be approved by the honors 
committee in consultation with the student and his supervising 
professor. 



GRADUATION WITH HONORS 

Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above but who 
do not participate in the Southern Scholars Honors Program will have 
the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, magna 
cum laude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. Students completing the hon- 
ors program will, in addition to the above designation, be graduated as 
Southern Scholars. The appropriate designations will appear on the 
diploma. 



DEAN'S LIST 

Students who carry a minimum of twelve semester hours and attain a 
grade point average of 3.50 or above for two consecutive semesters in 
residence are listed on the official Dean's List. 



MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

SC offers 33 majors and 30 minors for students wishing to qualify for a 
baccalaureate degree. Each major consists of thirty hours or more in the 
chosen field of specialization of which a minimum of eighteen for a 
Bachelor of Science degree and fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts degree 
must be upper division credit. The total semester hours required for each 
major for the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of 
Business Administration degrees varies with the field of specialization 
chosen. 

All minors consist of eighteen semester hours. Six hours of a minor 
must be upper division credit. 

The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under the 
respective disciplines in the section "Divisions and Courses of Instruc- 
tion." No class may fulfill the requirements of more than one major 
and/or minor. 



Programs of Study 



BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Majors for the Bachelor of Arts degree are offered: 

Art History 

Biology International Studies 

Chemistry Mathematics 

Communication Music 

Computer Science Physics 

English Psychology 

French Religion 

German Spanish 

Health, Physical Education Theology 
and Recreation 

Majors for the Bachelor of Science degree are offered: 

Behavioral Science Industrial Education 

Business Administration Long-Term Health Care 

Biology Mathematics 

Chemistry Medical Technology 

Computer Science Nursing 

Elementary Education Office Administration 

Health Science Physics 
Home Economics 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is available to stu- 
dents who are planning for a professional career in business. Majors are 
available in Accounting and Management. Detailed requirements are 
outlined under the Division of Business and Office Administration. 

The Bachelor of Music degree is available to students planning to 
major in music with special emphasis in music education. The detailed 
requirements for this professional degree are outlined under the Divi- 
sion of Music in the section "Divisions and Courses of Instruction/* 

Minors are offered in most majors and emphases as well as the follow- 

in ^' Practical Theology Foods and Food Service 

Biblical Languages Library Science 

Fields Related to 
English Education 

ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Southern College offers the following eleven associate degrees: 

Accounting Home Economics 

Allied Health Industrial Technology 

Child-Care Administration Media Technology 

Computer Science Nursing 

Construction Technology Office Administration 
Food Service Technology 



Programs of Study 

Complete details of course requirements for the associate degrees are 
outlined in the descriptions in the bulletin section "Divisions and 
Courses of Instruction." 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS 

The College has one-year certificate programs in the following areas: 
Auto Body Repair (Industrial Education) 
Food Service Production (Home Economics) 
Trade Competency (Plumbing, Refrigeration, Electrical Wiring) 
Requirements for these programs are given in the appropriate divi- 
sional sections of this Catalog. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

SC offers pre-professional and pre-technical programs in a wide vari- 
ety of fields which may prepare students for admission to professional 
schools or to enter upon technical careers. Below are listed the pre- 
professional curricula offered at SC. 

Anesthesia Occupational Therapy 

Dental Hygiene Optometry 

Dentistry Osteopathic Medicine 

Dietetics Pharmacy 

Engineering Physical Therapy 

Law Public Health Science 

Medical Record Radiology Technology 

Administration Respiratory Therapy 

Medicine Veterinary Medicine 

An A.S. degree in Allied Health is available to students who spend two 
or more years at SC while fulfilling pre-professional requirements in the 
allied health fields of Dental Hygiene, Dietetics, Medical Records Ad- 
ministration, Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy, Radiology 
Technology, and Respiratory Therapy. Pre-professional and technical 
admission requirements may vary from one professional school to 
another. The student is, therefore, advised to become acquainted with 
the admission requirements of the chosen school. 

Detailed requirements for noa-degyee pre-professional curricula are 
outlined in the section on "Pre-Professional Curricula." 




ACADEMIC INFORMATION 



REGISTRATION 

Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration 
periods designated in the school calendar. The registration process is 
complete only after all procedures have been met and registration forms 
are returned to the Office of Records. Freshmen are required to partici- 
pate in the orientation activities. 

Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from 
the Director of Records. Students failing to register during the scheduled 
registration periods will be assessed a late registration fee of $25.00. The 
course load of a late registrant will be reduced by one to two semester 
hours for each expired week of instruction. No student should expect to 
register after two weeks of the semester have elapsed. 

Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration the student 
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet his 
objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be main- 
tained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular 
activities. 

To make program changes the student must obtain the appropriate 
change of registration voucher at the Office of Records. After obtaining 
the necessary signatures indicating approval of the change, the student 

28 



Academic Information 

must return the form to the Office of Records. Course changes and 
complete withdrawals from the school become effective on the date the OQ 
voucher is filed at the Office of Records. A fee of $8.00 will be assessed 
for each change in program the first week of instruction. 

A student may not change from one course section to another without 
the approval of the instructor and the Director of Records. 

A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after mid-term 
and receive a grade of "W" automatically. A student withdrawing from a 
class after that up to two weeks before the last day of classes will be 
assigned a grade of "W" or "WF" by the teacher. The grade for any 
withdrawal after that will automatically be "F." 

Auditing Courses. With the approval of the division, a student may 
register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) for 
which he is qualified. Auditors are to be admitted to classes of limited 
enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish to enroll 
for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is expected but 
examinations and reports may be omitted. With the approval of the 
instructor, a student may change a course registration from audit to 
credit or from credit to audit during the first week of instruction only. No 
credit is given for courses audited, and the fee is one-half of the regular 
tuition charge. 

COURSE LOAD 

College courses are expressed in semester hours at Southern College. 
A semester hour consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for 
one semester. Thus, two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week 
and three-semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory 
period of two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period. 
Students should expect to study between one and one-half and two 
hours outside of class for each fifty-minute period the class meets. Thus a 
sixteen-semester-hour class load should require forty or more hours of 
study each week on the part of the student. Except by permission of the 
Academic Dean, a student may not register for more than eighteen or less 
than eight semester hours. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must 
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer 
term may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree 
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take re- 
duced programs of studies during the regular academic year. 

Study-Work Program. It is exceedingly important that the student 
adjust the course load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. 
During registration the student should confer with his adviser in plan- 
ning the proper balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable 
study-work program, the following will serve as a guide. 



Academic Information 



Maximum 
Course Load Work Load 

16 hours 16 hours 

14 hours 20 hours 

12 hours 26 hours 

10 hours 32 hours 

8 hours 38 hours 

FULL-TIME STUDENT 

Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and students in 
the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the courses 
required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) will be 
classified as full-time students according to the standards and practices 
of the College. The completion of nine or more semester hours will 
constitute full-time enrollment for the summer. Students receiving fi- 
nancial aid should consult the Student Finance Office for the definitions 
of a full-time student set up by the various agencies which offer aid. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student and 
his parent or guardian (if authorized by the student). Only semester 
grades are recorded on the student's permanent record at the College. 

The following system of grading and grade point values is used: 
A 4.0 grade points per hour D 1.0 grade points per hour 
A- 3.7 grade points per hour D— 0.7 grade points per hour 
B+ 3.3 grade points per hour F 0.0 grade points per hour 
B 3.0 grade points per hour W Withdrawal 
B- 2.7 grade points per hour WF Withdrew Failing 
C-f- 2.3 grade points per hour (0.0 grade points per hour) 

C 2.0 grade points per hour AU Audit 
C- 1.7 grade points per hour I Incomplete 
D+ 1.3 grade points per hour 
A student may receive an "I" (incomplete) because of illness or other 
unavoidable delay. A student who believes he is eligible for an incom- 
plete must secure from the Office of Records the proper form on which he 
may file application with the Academic Dean to receive an incomplete. 
Any incomplete which is not removed by the end of the following term 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) will automatically become an "F." 

A course in which the student received a grade of "C, M "D," or "F" may 
be repeated before he takes a more advanced course in the same field. 
Only the last grade will be counted on repeated courses. No course may 
be repeated more than once without permission from the Academic 
Dean. 



Academic Information 



The grade point average may be calculated by dividing the total 
number of grade points earned by the hours attempted. j J 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic 
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to main- 
tain high ethical, Christian levels of honesty. 

Faculty Responsibilities: 

1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments, 
examinations and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer 
collaboration." 

2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they 
state otherwise. 

Student Responsibility: 

1 . Students assume responsibility for learning the proper procedures 
for acknowledging borrowed wording, information, or ideasi Otherwise 
students might innocently misrepresent others' material as their own. 

2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should 
confer with their teacher. 

3. Students are to assume all course work is "no collaboration" unless 
stated otherwise by the teacher. 

Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty: 

1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such 
as cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student 
with the dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the situa- 
tion, or if the student's grade will be affected, then the academic dean 
must be consulted. 

2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual proce- 
dures for the teacher to follow will be to: 

a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or project 
if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing the class. 

b. Give thp-student a failing grade in the class if failing the exam, 
assignment or project would constitute failing the class. 

The teacher will then write up the incident and state the penalty 
administered, giving a copy to both the academic dean and the student. 

3 . Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to be 
dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the 
action through the established appeal procedures. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

When for any reason a student's SC or cumulative grade point average 
falls below 2.00, he will be placed on academic probation and restricted 



Academic Information 



from holding office in any student organization or being a member of any 
touring group sponsored or approved by the College. Those on academic 
probation will not be allowed to participate in academic activities caus- 
ing class absences and will not be allowed to participate in on or off 
campus extracurricular activities including fire department duties. 

Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 2.25 
in his major will also be placed on academic probation. Candidates for an 
associate of science degree must have a grade point average of at least 
1.95 before being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00 to 
graduate. 

Transfer students should have a grade point average of at least 2.00 in 
order to be eligible for admission to SC. 

A student will be subject to academic dismissal when his SC or 
cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels indicated below. 

Semester Hours Attempted G.P.A. Dismissal Level 

6-48 1.50 

49-64 1.65 

65-80 1.75 

81-93 1.85 

94-up 1.95 

A student academically dismissed may not be readmitted until two 
sessions (for this purpose the summer is counted as one session) have 
elapsed. Eligibility for readmission shall include successful college- 
level work taken in another institution or other evidence of maturity and 
motivation. 

In order to be eligible for financial aid, recipient must maintain satis- 
factory academic progress. Satisfactory academic progress is defined as 
maintaining a cumulative and resident grade point average of 2.0. If a 
student does not maintain satisfactory academic progress or fails to 
attend classes, prepare and submit required classwork, or take required 
examinations, his financial aid will be suspended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the 
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to 
this suspension, he may appeal the suspension to the Loan and Scholar- 
ship Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from 
institutional and private sources as well as federal programs. 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

A student who believes there is a valid reason for requesting variance 
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the CATALOG may 
make a petition to the Academic Dean for consideration of his case after 
obtaining the advice and signature of the head of his major division. The 
petition must contain a statement of the request and supporting reasons. 



Academic Information 



The student will be notified in writing by the Academic Dean of the 
action on the petition within five working days of receiving the petition. % 5 
Petition forms are available from the Records Office information desk in 
Wright Hall. 

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 

A student who believes that his academic rights have been infringed 
upon or that he has been treated unjustly with respect to his academic 
program is entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of his case. The 
student should do the following to effect a solution. 

1. Present his case to the teacher or teachers concerned. 

2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the division chairman. 

3 . If justice has not been attained at this level, submit the matter to the 
Academic Dean. 

4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee, 
chaired by the Academic Dean or his designee and including three other 
faculty members and two students selected by the Academic Affairs 
Committee. Both the student and the teacher involved in the case are 
entitled to appear before the committee or to present a written statement 
of the case. The decision of the committee shall be presented in writing 
to the individuals involved within three days of the committee meeting 
unless a later time is agreed upon by both parties. The decision of the 
committee is binding and will be implemented by the teacher involved 
or the Academic Dean. 

ABSENCES 

Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is required. 
Absences are dealt with in two ways. Teachers may excuse absences 
themselves or ask their students to submit excuses to the Absence Com- 
mittee. Students are told at the beginning of each semester which of the 
two means will be used in the class. 

Generally speaking , absences will not be excused by either a teacher or 
the Absence Committee for reasons other than illness, authorized school 
trips, or emergencies beyond the student's control. Absences due to 
illness are not normally excused unless the student contacts Student 
Health Service prior to the absence. Non-emergency medical appoint- 
ments must be scheduled around the class program. 

For classes in which the Absence Committee is used, a completed 
absence excuse form (one for each class) must be placed in the absence 
box, located in the Student Center, no later than noon the first Monday 
following the absence. Absence forms are available at the Student Cen- 
ter, library, switchboard, and residence halls. The Absence Committee 
determines whether or not to excuse the absence and so notifies the 
teacher of its decision. 



Academic Information 



Students having absences exceeding in number* twice the number of 
course credit hours (six absences for a three-hour credit course) may, at 
the teacher's discretion and after consultation with the academic dean, 
be dropped from the class. 

Make-up work is not normally allowed in the case of homework or 
quizzes missed due to absences. Teachers have the option of recording 
homework and quiz averages if the absence is excused. Tests and major 
assignments missed because of excused absences are made up as ar- 
ranged with the teacher. 

Examination. Because erf problems concerning time, expense and 
fairness, final examinations are rarely rescheduled. Students desiring to 
reschedule final examinations must obtain a request form from the 
Records Office in Wright Hall, fill it out completely, make two additional 
copies and submit all three copies to the teacher involved. The teacher 
will approve or deny the request, return one copy to the student and send 
one to the academic dean. If approved, the rescheduled examination will 
be given at a time convenient to the teacher and a fee of $25 per examina- 
tion will be assessed. The $25 fee will be waived in cases of illness 
verified by Student Health Service or a physician, death in the im- 
mediate family, or four or more examinations scheduled for one day. 

Chapel The chapel service is provided for the spiritual and cultural 
benefit of the college family, to promote the interests of SC, and to 
develop and conserve a spirit of campus unity. In essence the chapel 
attendance policy is the same as for class attendance in that no absences 
are permitted except for illnesses, authorized school trips, or emergen- 
cies. An excuse must be presented at the Dean of Students' office within 
48 hours after the absence. It is the responsibility of each student to keep 
track of his chapel absences. A student is allowed four unexcused ab- 
sences from chapel per semester. Additional unexcused absences can 
result in a student's being placed on Citizenship Probation. A continued 
absence problem can disqualify a student from attending Southern Col- 
lege. A satisfactory chapel attendance record is required forxeadmission 
to SC. 

WAIVER EXAMINATIONS 

Upon the approval of the division chairman and the Academic Dean, a 
student may obtain a waiver of curricular requirements by successfully 
completing a comprehensive examination — written, oral, manipulative, 
or otherwise, as determined by the division involved. A fee of $25 per 
examination is charged. 



* One and one-half absences are given for missing a 75-minute class, two for 
missing a 100-minute class, etc. 



Academic Information 



NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT 

In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, 
Southern College accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge 
examinations and correspondence courses. 

The goals and objectives of the College emphasize not only facts and 
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted 
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These 
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting 
over a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral 
excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, 
most college credits should be earned through class participation. How- 
ever, the College will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit 
required for a given degree to be earned by these nontraditional means. 

College Credit by Examination 

The College recognizes three types of examinations for credit: chal- 
lenge examinations prepared by a division which must be passed at "B" 
level or above, approved College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 
subject examinations which must be passed at the 65th percentile or 
above, and the Advanced Placement Examinations which must be 
passed with a score of three or better. A student may challenge a given 
course by examination only once. No CLEP or challenge exam may be 
attempted after the student has been enrolled in that course beyond the 
second week of a semester. No course may be challenged as part of the 
last thirty hours of any degree. Grades are recorded for divisional chal- 
lenge examinations and scaled scores are recorded for nationally 
normed examinations. Permission to take a challenge examination 
while in residence must be obtained from both the division chairman 
and the Academic Dean. 

Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed 
on a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable until 
that student has successfully completed twelve semester hours in resi- 
dence at Southern College. 

Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under 
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this Catalog. 

Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be 
obtained from the Office of Admissions or the Counseling and Testing 
Center. 

Correspondence 

A maximum of twelve semester hours of correspondence or extension 
credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree program and eight hours 
toward an associate degree. 

Home Study International of Washington, D.C., is the officially recog- 
nized correspondence school of Southern College. The College recom- 



35 



Academic Information 

mends Home Study Internatioal for those students needing correspond- 
9tt ence credit and accepts all such credits when the study program is 
tllf approved by the College prior to enrollment. 

A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in 

I residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the College. 

Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during the 
summer, must be approved in advance by the College. 

Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division require- 
ments of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned to 
apply on the lower division requirements for a major. Correspondence 
credit with a "D" grade is unacceptable and a course in which the 
student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in residence may not be 
repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be entered 
on the student's record until he has earned a minimum of twelve hours in 
residence with an average of at least "C." Official transcripts must be in 
the Office of Records before a diploma will be ordered. The graduation 
date will be the last day of the month after the official transcript is 
received. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Official transcripts of a student's academic record may be obtained by 
the student upon a written request to the Office of Records. The request 
must include the student's signature and payment of $2.00 in cash, 
check, or money order for each transcript ordered. Because of legal 
difficulties, telephone requests from students or written requests from 
other members of the student's family cannot be honored. 

A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes 
without charge by applying in person at the Office of Records. Official 
transcripts given directly to a student will be stamped "Student Copy." 
No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid in 
full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions will 
be made. 

SEQUENCE OF COURSES 

A student may not receive credit for a course which is prerequisite to a 
course for which he has already received credit. 






DIVISIONS AND 
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 

COURSE NUMBERS 

Each course number consists of three figures as follows: 

(a) The first numeral indicates class year status as follows: 

— remedial (Institutional credit only) 

1 — freshman level 

2 — sophomore level 

3 — junior level 

4 — senior level 

(b) The third numeral indicates the following: 

1 — signifies a course which is first in a sequence 

2 — signifies a course which is second in a sequence and 

presupposes one as a prerequisite 
All other figures have no designation. 

Within a given 100 sequence there is no necessary significance in one 
course number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not 
necessarily mean that the course is on a higher level than 235. 

Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester 
which are units in and of themselves. Course numbers separated by a 
comma represent units in and of themselves, either one of which may be 
counted for graduation without reference to sequence. 

Course numbers separated by a colon are year courses in which credit 
for the first course is a prerequisite to the second. However, credit may be 
given for the first semester when taken alone. 

Upper division courses are numbered 300 and above. 



37 



DIVISIONAL ABBREVIATIONS 

ACCT = Accounting (Business and Office Administration) 

AGRI = Agriculture (Biology and Chemistry) 

ART = Art (Arts and Letters) 

AVIA = Aviation (Industrial Education) 

BHSF = Behavioral Science Foundations 

(Education and Human Sciences) 
BIOL = Biology (Biology and Chemistry) 
BUAD - Business Administration 

(Business and Office Administration) 
CHEM - Chemistry (Biology and Chemistry) 
CNST m Construction Technology (Industrial Education) 
CPTR = Computer Science (Mathematical Sciences) 
CRTF = Communication: Radio, Television, Film 

(Arts and Letters) 
ECON - Economics (Business and Office Administration) 
EDUC = Education (Education and Human Sciences) 
ENGL - English (Arts and Letters) 
ENGR = Engineering (Mathematical Sciences) 
ERSC = Earth Science (Mathematical Sciences) 
FDNT = Foods and Nutrition (Education and Human Sciences) 
FREN = French (Arts and Letters) 
FRSH = Freshman (Education and Human Sciences) 
GEOG = World Geography (Arts and Letters) 
GRMN = German (Arts and Letters) 
HIST = History (Arts and Letters) 
HLED a> Health and Life Education 

(Health, Physical Education, Recreation) 
HMEC = Home Economics (Education and Human Sciences) 
HMNT = Humanities (Arts and Letters) 
INDS ?* Industrial Education 
INST - International Studies (Arts and Letters) 
JOUR = Journalism (Arts and Letters) 
LIBR = Library (Education and Human Sciences) 
MATH »= Mathematical Sciences 
MDLG = Modern Language (Arts and Letters) 
MUCT = Music Theory 
MUED = Music Education 
MUHL = Music History 
MUPF = Music Performance 
NRSG = Nursing 

OCED = Occupational Education (Religion) 
PEAC = Physical Education Activity Courses 

(Health, Physical Education and Recreation) 



38 



PETH = Physical Education Theory 

(Health, Physical Education and Recreation) 

PHYS = Physics (Mathematical Sciences) 

PLSC = Political Science (Arts and Letters) 

PSYG = Psychology (Education and Human Sciences) 

RELB = Religion-Biblical Studies 

RELL = Religion-Biblical Languages 

RELP = Religion-Practical Theology 

RELT = Religion-Theory 

SECR « Secretarial (Business and Office Administration) 

SOCI = Sociology (Education and Human Sciences) 

SOCW = Social Work (Education and Human Sciences) 

SPAN = Spanish (Arts and Letters) 

SPCH = Speech (Arts and Letters) 



DIVISION OF 
ARTS AND LETTERS 

Chairman: Robert Morrison 



Art 

Robert Garren 

History 

Floyd Greenleaf 
Benjamin McArthur 
William Wohlers 


Communication 
Frances Andrews 
Don Dick 
Frank DiMemmo 
David Smith 

Modern Languages 
Robert Morrison 
Helmut Ott 


English 

Frances Andrews 
Ann Clark 
Jan Haluska 
Wilma McClarty 
Barbara Ruf 
David Smith 



Programs 

The Division of Arts and Letters is an academic unit of Southern 
College offering programs of studies in five fields: Art, Communication, 
English, History, and Modern Languages. Some of these are subdivided 
into emphases. These programs involve two-year degrees, minors, 
teaching endorsements, and overseas study. The following table indi- 
cates the programs available and the page where the details are pre- 
sented. 



39 



PROGRAMS 

Two Teaching Over- For 

Field Four Year Prog. Year Minor Endorse- seas details 

B.A. B.S. A.S. ment study see page 

1. Art * 41 

2. Communication * 44 

a. Radio-TV-Film 

b. Journalism * * 

c. Media Technology * 

3. English * * * 49 

4. History * * * * 54 

5. Modern Languages 58 

a. French * * * * 

b. German * * 

c. Spanish * * 

d. International * 

Studies 
Overseas Study 40 

Degree Requirements 

Students majoring in any of the fields in the Division of Arts and 
Letters must adhere to these requirements: 

1 . Specific program requirements explained in the departmental sec- 
tions listed above. 

2. General Education program spelled out on pages 19-23. 

3. Requirement applicable to all B.A. degrees in the Division of Arts 
and Letters: Foreign language at the intermediate level. Majors in 
Radio-TV-Film and Journalism may substitute six hours of compu- 
ter language for the intermediate level. Applicable CPTR courses 
are: CPTR 125 and 218 or 318. 

Overseas Study 

The Division of Arts and Letters encourages its students to engage in a 
year of study outside the United States. Majors in English, History, and 
Modern Languages will especially benefit from these intellectually 
stimulating and culturally broadening experiences. Earned credit will 
apply to majors and general education. Financial and academic details 
about overseas study programs are available in the Modern Languages 
office. In orderlo allow maximum transfer of credit the Division recom- 
mends only overseas colleges approved by Southern College. To facili- 
tate transfer of credit students must counsel with their major professor 
before arranging for overseas study. 

1. Modern Languages. Students may earn a major or minor in French, 
Spanish, or German by attending the appropriate college in France, 
Austria, Mexico, or Spain, or other approved colleges. 



Art 



2. English. Students majoring in English will benefit from a year at 
Newbold College, England. /JL 1 

3. History. History majors will enhance their programs with a year at 
Newbold College or an approved college overseas. 

HUMANITIES 

HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours 

A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual 
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and 
the arts will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and litera- 
ture. Students may participate in activities involving specific art forms. 
Resource persons may assist as available. 

ART 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART 

Major: Thirty-six hours to include ART 104:105, 109, 110, 344, 345, 
499, with not less than 14 hours upper division. Cognate requirements: 
CRTF 225. A foreign language at the intermediate level is required. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including courses ART 104:105, 109, 110, 344, 
with not less than six hours in upper division courses. 

Teaching Endorsement: The following are the minimum require- 
ments. 

ART 104:105 Beginning Drawing I, II 6 hours 

ART 109, 110 Design I, II 4 hours 

Art techniques elective 2 hours 

ART 344 History of Art 3 hours 

Art appreciation elective 2 hours 

Art elective 3 hours 

EDUC 230, 438 Methods - Art _4 hours 

TOTAL 24 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

ART 104:105. Beginning Drawing I, II (G-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on 
the basic art elements and their functions in composition using various 
media. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 109, 110. Design I, II (G-l) 2,2 hours 

Problems in two- and three-dimensional art, dealing with line, shape, form, 
color, and texture. (Fall, Spring) 






Art 



ART 215. Sculpture (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104:105 or permission of instructor. A Q 

Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional 
design using various media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting. 
Taught odd years. May be repeated for credit. (Fall) 

ART 217. Printmaking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104:105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the art major experience in printmaking media. 

Relief, intaglio, and silk-screen will be covered. May be repeated for credit. 

(Fall) 

ART 221:222. Painting I, II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104:105 or permission of instructor. 
A course designed to give the student experience in using painting mate- 
rials applied to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit. 
(Fall, Spring) 

ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours 

Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication 
from hand building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of 
glazes, and stacking and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20 fee 
is applied toward necessary supplies. (Fall) 

ART 311, 312. Painting III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor. 

Advanced problems in painting. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 313, 314. Drawing III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: 104, 105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student increased experience in the applica- 
tion of drawing media to the production of art. This course may be repeated 
for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be 
obtained. ART 495 is for majors and minors only. The course is designed for 
students who wish directed study or for a group of students who wish a 
special course not taught under the regular class offering. Students taking 
the class as directed study may choose from art history; ceramics, design, 
drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had 
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered 
by the Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit up 
to four times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only. 

ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour 

Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent 
portfolio of college art work. (Spring) 



Communication 






ART HISTORY 



ART 218 or 318 (D-3), (W). Art Appreciation 2 hours 

Lecture and travel seminar. Two weekly lectures will be presented until 
Thanksgiving to prepare the students for the Art Appreciation trip. Students 
will spend Thanksgiving vacation visiting major art museums in New York 
City. There is an additional charge for travel. Trip summary paper is re- 
quired. Writing emphasis for ART 318 only. (Fall) 

ART 344. History of Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-1800's 
with an emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall) 

ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Nineteenth and twentieth century developments in European and American 
arts. (Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 hours 

A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various 
levels of the elementary school. 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Art 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education (secondary program). 
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first semester 
during the senior year. 

(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. - 

COMMUNICATION 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN COMMUNICATION 

Major: Thirty hours including basic requirements of CRTF 101, 226; 
JOUR 111, 434; SPCH 135, 319; and fourteen hours in Radio-TV-Film or 
Journalism emphasis. Cognate requirements: INDS 145 and six hours 
intermediate foreign language or computer science. 

Journalism Emphasis— JOUR 212, 316; CRTF 225, 312; plus five hours 
elected within the overall Communication offerings, two of which 
must be in Journalism. 

Radio-TV-FiJm Emphasis— CRTF 112, 225, 313, and 314, plus five 
hours elected within the overall Communication offerings, two of 
which must be in Radio-TV-Film. 



Communication 



Minor — Communication: Eighteen hours of Communication classes 
including SPCH 135, 319; JOUR 111; CRTF 101, 226; with aminimum of /£% 
six hours of upper division work from overall Communication offerings. 

Minor — Radio-TV-Film: Eighteen hours of Communication classes 
including CRTF 101, 225, 226, 313; SPCH 135, 319; with a minimum of 
six hours within the minor to be upper division in Radio-TV-Film. 

Minor — Journalism: Eighteen hours including JOUR 111, 212, 434 
and CRTF 225, 226, with a minimum of six hours in upper division 
Journalism courses. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MEDIA TECHNOLOGY 

This is a two-year curriculum especially designed for the technically 
oriented student interested primarily in the production and operation 
aspects of media. Students completing this degree can continue and 
complete a baccalaureate degree in Communication (Radio-TV-Film 
emphasis) without loss of educational time. 

Major: Thirty hours including CRTF 101, 112, 217, 225, 313, 418, plus 
five hours in departmental electives; INDS 145, 274; CPTR 120 or 125; 
LIBR 333; with general education courses to meet CATALOG require- 
ments and sufficient electives to make a total of 64 semester hours. 
Cognate requirement: ENGL 102. 

Communication students at Southern College have opportunities for 
realistic learning experiences in connection with the College's radio 
station, WSMC-FM. 

Students who include Radio-TV-Film courses in their preparation are 
encouraged to participate in the many aspects of the total program of 
WSMC-FM. 

College Publications 

The journalistic output of the Public Relations office of the College, 
the editing of the Associated Press teletype news service for WSMC-FM, 
The Spire (published hy the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist 
Church), and the Student Association publications — Campus Chatter, 
Southern Accent, Southern Memories, and Joker — all provide students 
with varied opportunities to put journalistic principles into practice. 

On-the-job Training in Journalism, Public Relations, and Radio-TV- 
Film 

A program of journalism and public relations on-the-job training for 
selected communication majors has been developed. This program 
(which has been approved by the General Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists) calls for a student to associate with a publishing house, a 
newspaper, or an educational or medical institution for an arranged 



Communication 



period working directly with the institution in its editing, publishing, or 
4 fi public relations activities. A scholarship is provided for the student and 

a proportionate amount of academic credit is available in JOUR 495. 

A program of broadcasting and audio- visual media on-the-job training 
is also available. This program calls for a student to associate with a 
commercial or noncommercial broadcasting or production organization 
for an arranged period, working directly with professionals in various 
phases of radio or TV station operation or production. A scholarship is 
occasionally provided for the student and a proportionate amount of 
academic credit is available in CRTF or JOUR 495. 

- RADIO-TV-FILM 

CRTF 101. Audio Production I (G-2) 1 hour 

Operation of mixing consoles, tape recorders, turntables, patch panels, 
microphones, etc. for various types of audio production. Meets two hours 
each week for lecture and demonstration during the first half of each semes- 
ter. Reservations for two hours per week of individual control room practice 
and production time made at registration. Supplies fee $5.00. (Fall, Spring) 

CRTF 112. Audio Production II (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CRTF 101 (follows CRTF 101 second nine weeks of each 

semester). 

Audio script interpretation, production music, sound effects, audio projects 

direction, quality control, equalization, special effects, etc. Meets two hours 

weekly for lecture and demonstration during second half of semester. Two 

hours per week of individual studio production time arranged. (Fall, 

Spring) 

CRTF 217. Radio Station Operations 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Current or previous enrollment in CRTF 101. 
A laboratory course where the student becomes familiar with the day-to-day 
operations of a radio station. The course covers control room procedures, 
announcing, production, automation, teletype, copy editing, traffic, music 
programming, etc. Taught in conjunction with WSMC-FM. (Spring) 

CRTF 225. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 2 hours 

Standardized procedures for camera and meter use, film exposure and 
development, negative enlargement and print finishing, and basic lighting 
and composition. Students must have their own 35mm camera with adjust- 
able f-stops and shutter speeds. One hour of lecture, three hours of labora- 
tory each week. Supplies made available to class members at cost, approxi- 
mately $50. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

CRTF 226. Survey of Mass Communication 3 hours 

A study of the communication process in professional journalism and in the 
mass communication industries of modern society, with special considera- 
tion of the Christian segment of society, both as consumers and dispensers of 
information. Each student will establish criteria for his own choices from 
among products of the mass media. (Spring) 



Communication 



CRTF 312. Advanced Photography (G-l) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CRTF 225 or equivalent. jVl 

Advanced photographic techniques in camera handling, composition, ex- 
posure, and developing with special emphasis on creativity, darkroom 
techniques, and preparation for exhibit and publication. Students must 
have their own camera with adjustable stops and shutter speeds. One hour of 
lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supplies made available to 
class members at cost, approximately $75. (Fall, Spring) 

CRTF 313. Television Production 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CRTF 101. 

Camera, switcher, special effects generator, and videotape recorder opera- 
tion. Elementary TV lighting, scripting, production and direction. Study of 
TV graphics, picture composition, and storyboard preparation. Two hours 
of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring) 

CRTF 314. Writing For Radio-TV (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CRTF 101, 112, and 313. 

Emphasis on writing news for broadcast and persuasive spot announce- 
ments: commercials, religious spots, and public service announcements. 
Students desiring to write a 30 minute (or longer) dramatic script must 
register concurrently for 1 or 2 hours credit in CRTF 495. May apply on 
Journalism emphasis. Supplies are made available to students at cost. 
(Spring) 

CRTF 414. Advanced TV Production 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CRTF 313. 

Writing, producing, and directing video productions of various types, 
utilizing both single camera with post-production editine, and multi- 
camera production in real-time. Advanced students provide leadership for 
beginning TV students. Two hours lecture and three hours lab each week. 
Supplies fee, $15. (Spring) 

CRTF 418. Multi-Image Production 3 hours 

Pre- or Co-requisite: CRTF 101 and 225. 

Instruction in conceptualizing, formating, scripting, visual composition, 
taking and developing color transparencies; titling and graphics, making a 
synchronized sound track, plus programming and operation of dissolve 
units and slide projectors. Goal: Creation of projector slide shows using 1-6 
projectors. Supplies made available to class at cost (approximately $50 per 
student). (Fall) 

CRTF 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

Three types of options are offered: 1) As demand is developed for various 
specialized class instruction, the topic to be offered that term will be pub- 
licized prior to registration. 2) Individual projects in various aspects of 
communication on an independent study basis may be worked out. 3) This 
course also provides opportunity, among other options for on-the-job train- 
ing in public relations, journalism, or Radio-TV-Film areas. Proposals must 
be submitted to the Division Chairman for approval before registering. This 
course also includes credit offered by the Communication Department on 



Communication 



48 



I 



directed study tours. Course may be repeated. Up to four hours may apply on 
a Communication major or minor. (This course is also cross listed under 
JOUR and SPCH.) (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



JOURNALISM 

JOUR 111. News Reporting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102, and SECR 105 or 106. 

Practice in newswriting and general reporting of church, school, and com- 
munity affairs for the public press. Study is given to the duties of the reporter 
in newsgathering and to his relationship to editorial requirements. (Fall, 
Summer) 

JOUR 212. News Editing 2 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 111. 

Instruction is given in copy editing, headline writing, layout, and other 
editorial responsibilities through the various phases ofnewspaper produc- 
tion from copy to final print form. (Spring) 

JOUR 315. Layout and Design of Publications 3 hours 

Prerequisite: INDS 145. 

Editorial techniques and problems from the arrival of the manuscript in the 
editor's office until the publication reaches the reader. Relationships with 
authors, manuscript handling, payment, layout and illustrations; relation- 
ships with art, composing, proofreading, and press rooms; circulation and 
distribution problems as they affect the editor. (Fall) 

JOUR 316. Article and Editorial Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102, and SECR 105 or 106. 

Preparation and marketing of feature and religious articles for newspapers 

and magazines, market analysis, writing for specialized markets. (Spring) 

JOUR 427. Communication Law 3 hours 

The nature and social functions of the major forms of communication laws 
and regulations and especially as pertains to the mass media: libel, slander, 
copyright, FCC and FTC Rules and Regulations, etc. This course may apply 
to the Radio-TV-Film emphasis. (Spring, even years) 

JOUR 434. Public Relations 3 hours 

Designed to give professional competence in the theory and practice of 
public relations, the course is a study of the plans and. methods of dis- 
seminating information from business establishments and from institutions 
through all the media of communication. (Fall) 

JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

(See Radio-TV-Film 295/495 listing.) (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



English Language and 
Literature 



SPEECH 



SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches 
with emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning, 
methods of securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of 
delivery. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 2 hours 

Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this 
course emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communica- 
tion setting, namely personal involvement throuch emphatic listening and 
self-disclosure. The course utilizes readings andlearning activities to help 
students understand the theory of interpersonal communication and apply 
it in realistic transactions. (Fall, Spring) 

SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 2 hours 

Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of 
selections in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally. 
(Fall, Spring) 

SPCH 319. Communication Theory (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SPCH 135 and ENGL 102. 

Introducing the study of communication transactions in all arenas — 
intrapersonal, interpersonal, small group, public speaking, and mass 
media — this course gives attention to models of communication and to the 
psychology, sociology, semantics, and ethics of the communication proc- 
ess. This course may apply to the Journalism minor. (Fall) 

SPCH 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

See CRTF 295/495 listing. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

(D-4), (G-l), (G-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education 
requirements, 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Major: Thirty hours excluding Basic Writing and College Composi- 
tion, but including ENGL 215, 216, 314, 335, and either 218 or 315 plus 
six hours from ENGL 214, 333, or 334; plus nine hours from ENGL 336, 
337, 338, 444, or 445. Required cognates: HIST 374, HMNT 205, inter- 
mediate foreign language. 

Students anticipating secondary teaching should meet state certifica- 
tion requirements (see Secondary Education requirements under DIVI- 
SION OF EDUCATION AND HUMAN SCIENCES), should consider tak- 
ing a minor in Fields Related to English Education, and should obtain 
experience working on the Southern Accent staff, Southern Memories 
staff, and/or a programs committee of one of the student organizations. 



49 



English Language and 
Literature 



Minor: Eighteen hours, excluding Freshman English and College 
5(1 Composition, including ENGL 218 or 315; ENGL 214 or 333 or 334; 
ENGL 215; 314; six hours of English electives to include one additional 
literature class. Six hours of upper division are required. 

Minor in Fields Related to English Education (Available only to 
English Majors): Eighteen hours including LIBR 125; HIST 374; SPCH 
135, 236; JOUR 111; and four (two upper division) hours from the 
following electives: PSYC 124; SECR 105, 115, or 214; EDUC 333; any 
Communication course; any Library Science course. 

Teaching Endorsement: The following are the minimum require- 
ments. 

I ENGL 101, 102 College Composition 6 hours 

ENGL 218 or Advanced Grammar (3) 3 hours 

315 Intro, to Linguistics (3) 

ENGL 214 or Survey of American Literature (3) 

333 or American Literature from Colonial 

through Romantic Periods (3) 3 hours 

334 American Literature from 
Realism to the Present (3) 

ENGL 215 Survey of English Literature 3 hours 

ENGL 314 Creative Writing 3 hours 

English electives to include one 

additional literature class 6 hours 

(Six of the 24 hours must be 
upper division) 

EDUC 332 or Teaching of Reading 2 hours 

333 Developmental Reading 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION 

ENGL 021. Basic American English 5-15 hours equivalent 

This course is for students with limited English proficiency as defined by 
the Michigan English Language Institute Test. Emphasis is on developing 
language skills in conversation, writing, and reading comprehension. 
Grammar, vocabulary, spelling, and current American idioms are stressed. 
Each student is strongly urgedto room with native speakers of English and 
to find work where his/her own language is not used. This self-paced course 



English Language and 
Literature 

is noncredit, but is recognized by the Department of Immigration and 
Naturalization as part of tne minimum class load required of international C 1 
students. Class meets daily for three hours. tl 1 

ENGL 099. Basic Writing 3 hours 

Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful 
entry into ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 12 or below are 
required to register for this class. Students successfully completing this 
course will earn three institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL 
101. This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, 
Spring) 

ENGL 101:102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours 

A two-semester, sequential course focusing strongly on the writing process, 
especially revision. ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and prin- 
ciples which readily apply to various personal (narrative, descriptive, and 
expository) writing taslcs, ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies developed 
in ENGL 101 while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills which apply 
to various persuasive and research writing activities. This course does not 
count toward an English major or minor, (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

ENGL 205. Principles of Grammar 2 hours 

This course focuses primarily on the study of basic English grammar. Prac- 
tice is also provided in developing punctuation, capitalization, vocabulary 
development, and word usage skills that would contribute to more effective 
communication. Does not apply to a major or minor. (Fall) 

ENGL 218. Advanced Grammar 3 hours 

A detailed survey of descriptive grammar as it pertains to parts of speech, 
sentence construction, syntax, and punctuation. Designed to aid any stu- 
dent who wishes to strengthen his skill in grammar analysis, it is also 
especially helpful for prospective teachers and writers and essential for 
secondary teacher certification. (Spring) 

ENGL 295. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student, including requests for credit for such activities as projects done 
during student missionary terms. This course also includes credit offered by 
the English Department on directed study tours. Open only to students 
approved by the division chairman in consultation with the prospective 
instructor. 

ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor. 

A study of the principles, techniques, and types of personalized writing, 

providing the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to find 

possible markets for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication. 

(Fall) 



English Language and 
Literature 



ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 3 hours 

5 £ Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

Purposes to give the student a background in history of the English lan- 
guage; to acquaint him with the various fields, aspects, and branches of 
linguistics; to equip him with a working knowledge of structural linguistics' 
four principal branches — phonetics, phonemics, morphemics, and gram- 
mar; and to relate these learnings to the teaching of contemporary English. 
Open to sophomore and upper division students. This course may be taught 
only alternate years. (Fall) 

LITERATURE 

I ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 
A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial 
through modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having 
individual, national, and universal interest. (Fall, Summer) 

ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections by British writers, with special em- 
phasis on the author and his philosophy, and a review of literary trends and 
influences from ancient times to the present. (Fall, Spring) 

ENGL 216. Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

The study and appreciation of selected works, with special emphasis on 
literary terms anci on the critical qualities that distinguish such basic literary 
types as the essay, the short story, the drama, and the poem. (Fall) 

ENGL 333. American Literature From Colonial Through 

Romantic Periods (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A reasonably comprehensive, chronological study of the works of major 
American writers with special emphasis on Bradford, Taylor, Franklin, 
Edwards, Irving, Cooper, Bryant, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Mel- 
ville, Longfellow, Lowell, and Whitman. (Spring, even years) 

ENGL 334. American Literature From 

Realism to the Present (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A continuation of ENGL 333, from the mid-nineteenth century through 
some of the more recent writers, including Dickinson, Twain, James, 
Adams, Crane, Robinson, Frost, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, and Faulkner. 
(Spring, odd years) 

ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the Bible's literary masterpieces from an archetypal perspective. 
The Bible is viewed as one story, the double quest: man, searching for a lost 
Eden, and Christ, the great Questor, seeking the restoration of His world and 
His family. This story, reinforced by its central theme of redemption and by 
the universal archetypal symbols centering in Christ the Word made flesh, 



English Language and 
Literature 

actually permeates all imaginative literature. Biblical genres studied in- 
clude the story of origins, heroic narrative, epic, idyl, lyric poetry, wisdom EJ Q 
literature, encomium, epithalamion, gospel, epistle, and apocalypse. (Fall) if tJ 

ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

From Chaucer through Shakespeare, the men and their times. Readings in 
Canterbury Tales, Middle English romance, allegory, play, and meditation 
in translation; in sixteenth century prose, Elizabethan poetry and dramatic 
literature, with study of genre, conventions, and trends. Specific attention to 
moral and religious issues. (Spring, even years) 

ENGL 337. Nineteenth Century British Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785- 
1901), with special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, 
Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle. This course 
may be taught only alternate years. (Fall) 

ENGL 338. Twentieth Century Writers (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of twentieth century writers with an emphasis on poetry or prose. 
Focus will be on American and/or British works, but world literature in 
translation may be included. This course may be taught only alternate years. 
(Spring) 

ENGL 444. Restoration and 

Eighteenth Century Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

English life and letters in ferment through the Enlightenment and decline of 
Neo-classicism: Milton, Dryden, Swift, Pope, Johnson. Special attention to 
moral and religious issues, trends. This course may be taught only alternate 
years. (Fall) 

ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the 
Western World — the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job — the class will 
consider a range of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to the 
Italian Renaissance. Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the student's 
ability to differentiate the pagan from the Christian in the thematic mix of 
individual works. Students desiring a complete sequence in world literature 
may follow this course with MDLG 304. (Spring) 

ENGL 495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Department 
on directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with the 
approval of the division chairman in consultation with the prospective 
instructor. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching English 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating studentjperformances; the survey and evaluation of 



History — Political Science 



54 



textbooks is also included. Four lectures each week of the first half of the 
semester. (Fall) 

(A-l), (D-2), (G-l), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 

HISTORY 

Commonly understood, history is the study of mankind: their ac- 
complishments and institutions, and the explanations seeking the 
reasons for man's existence. In addressing these issues history courses at 
Southern College take into account the Christian view of man. The 
Christian's insights into human nature and his recognition of the pos- 
sibilities and limitations of human endeavor permit greater comprehen- 
sion of the past and present, and hope for the future. 

Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental ap- 
proval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history must 
plan his entire study program with a member of the history faculty. 
Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is granted on the 
following conditions: 

1 . Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere 
in the CATALOG. 

2 . Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY 

Major: Thirty hours including HIST 154, 155; 1 74, 1 75; 499. Six hours 
of political science may apply to the major. Intermediate level of a 
foreign language is required. At least two courses are to be taken in each 
of the following areas: 

Area I: American History, HIST 354, 355, 356, 357, 358; PLSC 254. 

Area II: European History, HIST 374, 375, 386, 389; PLSC 389; either 
HIST 364 or 365. 

History as a preprofessional degree. A student majoring in history 
who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as medicine or 
law must present a balanced program of general education classes and 
electives that will support his professional objectives. 

History as a preparation for teaching. A student majoring in history 
who plans to teach will automatically have the 24 semester hours re- 
quired for certification in the area of his first teaching field. It is strongly 
recommended that he also earn teaching credentials in a field outside of 
history. He may accomplish this by including a supporting field of 18 
hours in his program. No specific supporting field is required but art, 



History — Political Science 

behavioral science, business, English, and modem languages are recog- 
nized as intimately related to the study of history. C C 

Teaching Endorsement: The student whose first teaching field is in an 
area other than history may obtain an endorsement in history as his 
second field by following the program indicated below. 

HIST 154, 155 American History 6 hours 

HIST 174, 175 Survey of Civilization , 6 hours 

History electives numbered 

300 or above 6 hours 



TOTAL 18 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including HIST 174, 175. The additional 
twelve hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, six hours of 
which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours must be 
chosen from each of the American and European areas. Three hours of 
political science may be taken in lieu of three hours of history. Those 
planning to certify for teaching history must take all eighteen hours in 
history and should include HIST 154, 155. See Teaching Endorsement 
above. 

General education for students not majoring in history. Freshman 
and sophomore students earning general education credit in history 
should take courses from the 100 and 200 level. Junior and senior 
students meeting general education requirements in history should 
select courses from the 300 and 400 level. 



HISTORY 

HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present. The 
development of its politics, government and social institutions is covered in 
each semester of tne sequence. This course is recommended as general 
education for freshmen and sophomores. {Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HIST 174, 175. Survey of Civilization (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory consideration of the ancient, classical, and medieval con- 
tributions to our own civilization and a consideration of modern and current 
developments. This course is recommended as general education for 
freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring) 



History — Political Science 



HIST 354. Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

*tfl A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial, 

independence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth- 
century trends in selected republics. 

HIST 355. History of the South (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the Old South from the discovery through the war between the 
states, the reconstruction and the subsequent developments, and recent 
changes, including the current scene. (Spring) 

HIST 356. Minorities in America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

I A view of American minorities with particular emphasis on their history, 

changing problems, and current relationship to American life. Special at- 
tention is devoted to the American Black. (Spring) 

HIST 357. Modern America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the 
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the 
United States in world affairs. (Fall) 

HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth century American history, 
focusing on tne modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered 
are entertainment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation, 
and art and architecture. 

HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church 

Through the Middle Ages (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic 
period to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and 
theological development. (Fall) 

HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the Twentieth Century (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the 
Protestant Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious 
trends. (Spring) 

HIST 374. History of England (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

An analysis of the political, social, economic, religious, and cultural de- 
velopment of Great Britain and its contributions to the world, especially in 
constitutional and democratic institutions. (Fall) 

HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the nations of antiquity, especially Israel, Assyria, Babylonia, 
Egypt, Medo-Persia, and the classical nations Greece and Rome, concentrat- 
ing on the institutions and contributions to civilization of each. (On de- 
mand) 



History — Political Science 



HIST 386. Foundations of Modern Culture: Europe in 

the Middle Ages and Renaissance (C-l), (W) 3 hours K*7 

A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the 
modern age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the 
institutions and values of modern western civilization. The chronological 
emphasis is on the eleventh through the sixteenth centuries. 

HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of major historical developments affecting international relations 
since the Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace 
and war, power and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as 
others, in tneir historical setting. Students may earn either history or politi- 
cal science credit, depending on individual assignments. (Spring) 

HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l), (W) 1-3 hours 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a 
student is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower divi- 
sion. This course also includes credit offered by the History Department on 
directed study tours. Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Approval 
of the department is required prior to registration. 

HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in 
conjunction with the preparation of a research project. (Fall) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PLSC 254. American National and State Government (C-2) 3 hours 

An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches of government of the national, state, and local levels. (Fall) 

PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2), (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 389 for course description. (Spring) 

GEOGRAPHY 

GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours 

(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only). 

Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are consid- 
ered. Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall) 

GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours 

This course is open only to those students who have spent a minimum of six 
months in residence in a country other than the United States, or its Ad- 
ministrative Territories. It is understood that students may not write about 
their native land or a country in which they have lived for a long period. The 
credit will be earned by the presentation of an essay with supporting mate- 
rials. The class is under the jurisdiction of the World Geography teacher. 
The course is non-repeatable. 



Modern Languages 



58 



EDUCATION 



EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching History 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials in instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring) 

(C-l), (C-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 

MODERN LANGUAGES 

This department offers the opportunity for students to discover 
French, German, and Spanish not only as living languages but also as 
reflections of the cultures, customs, and peoples they represent. The 
aim, then, is to provide both an aesthetic background and a practical tool 
in the event the student becomes an overseas traveler or worker. 

The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in 
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign culture 
should be part of the background of educated persons, particularly those 
with a sense of world mission. The Department of Modern Languages 
aspires toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility to dem- 
onstrate good will, whether as travelers and business people or as re- 
spondents to the Master's gospel commission. 

Students whose mother tongue is a language other than English and 
who wish to major in their native language obviously begin with certain 
basic skills already achieved. These skills are reasonably expected to be 
at least equivalent to the intermediate level. Such students will be asked 
to demonstrate these skills through a qualifying examination which, 
when successfully completed, will constitute a waiver of the six inter- 
mediate credits. These six credits are to be replaced by three hours of 
advanced English grammar (ENGL 218) and three hours from Master- 
pieces in Translation (MDLG 304), American or English literature, or 
American history. The foreign language major for students majoring in 
their mother tongue may thus be considered to consist of 30 hours but to 
include a waiver of six hours. 

FOREIGN STUDY 

Adventist Colleges Abroad, Southern College is a member of the 
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of 
French, German or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign lan- 
guage amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting. 



Modern Languages 



The following institutions are affiliates of ACA: In Austria, Seminar * 

Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Seminaire Adventiste, *|f| 
Collonges-sous-Saleve; and in Spain, Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, 
Sagunto. 

Students participate in the ACA program to obtain such goals as a 
language major with a speaking proficiency; a language minor with a 
speaking proficiency; general education credit, especially in such fields 
as history, humanities, religion, art, and music in an overseas setting; 
broader perspectives through foreign travel and experience, without 
loss of academic time; foreign study at reasonable cost; and insights into 
the global nature of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

Most ACA students return with a minor in the language. Some, espe- 
cially if they have completed the intermediate year before leaving for 
Europe, return with enough credits for a major. A major or minor in the 
foreign language is not automatic, however; ACA students intending to 
fulfill major or minor requirements must counsel with the Modern 
Languages staff before drafting their overseas program. 

Needed for admission to the ACA program are: 

1. Admission as a regular student at SC. 

2. Competence in the language. (The intermediate level is recom- 
mended; one year in college or two in secondary school may some- 
times be accepted.) 

3. A record free from academic and citizenship probation. 

4. The special ACA application form, submitted to the Admissions 
Office. 

5. Compliance with the financial requirements. (See page 198. Costs, 
including transportation, are comparable to those at Adventist 
colleges in the United States.) 

The University o/ Montemorelos. By arrangement with the University 
of Montemorelos in Nuevo Leon, students may apply for an intensive 
summer course in Spanish in Mexico. An academic-year program is also 
available to a limited number of students. Credit for both plans is vari- 
able. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH, GERMAN, OR SPANISH 

Major — French, German or Spanish: Thirty hours for the Bachelor of 
Arts degree, excluding course 101:102 but including course 211:212. 
Because the number of hours available on the SC campus is limited, 
students are expected to earn a large portion of their major through ACA 
or the Montemorelos affiliation. Students not interested in foreign study 
are referred to the International Studies major (below). 

Minor — French, German or Spanish: Eighteen hours excluding 
course 101:102 but including course 211:212 and six hours of upper- 



Modern Languages 



division courses. Because advanced courses in French and German are 
ft A not at present offered on the SC campus, the student desiring a minor in 
French or German must plan either a year in the ACA program or two 
summer terms in an intensive language program previously approved by 
this division, 

BACHELOR OF ARTS — INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (INST) 

Major — International Studies: This major is intended to offer basic 
language and literature within a framework of international cultural 
dimensions. Such a program is sometimes considered a "humanities 
major." Only a Spanish emphasis is at present available on the SC 

I campus. ACA students who complete sufficient language, culture and 

literature courses overseas may, however, apply for the International 

Studies major in French or German. Thirty hours are required for the 

Bachelor of Arts degree, including the following: 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 211:212 — 
Intermediate Level 6 hours 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 344 — Composition and 
Conversation 3 hours 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 354 — Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

ENGL 445 — World Literature 3 hours 

MDLG 304 — Masterpieces in Translation , 3 hours 

ART 344 (or MUHL 314 or 315) — History of Art 

(or History of Music) 3 hours 

HIST 386, 389 (or 354) — Foundations of Modern Culture 
or Vienna to Vietnam (or History of Latin America) 3 hours 

Additional hours from language and literature, world geog- 
raphy, a second foreign language, or ART 344 or MUHL 314 
or 315 (whichever is not taken above) 6 horn's 

* Students desiring certification in Spanish, French or German must 
take these six hours in that language. Cognate requirement; In 
fulfilling the general education requirements in Religion, the stu- 
dent will include RELT 368, Comparative Religions (3 hours). 

TOTAL 30 hours 

Teaching Endorsement: 

J. For students with successful completion of 2 years Foreign Lan- 
guage study in high school: 

a. One language endorsement — a minimum of eighteen hours in 
that language. 

b. Two or more foreign languages — a minimum of thirty semester 
hours with a minimum of twelve semester hours in each of the 
languages. 

2. For students with no evidence of two years of high school credit: 



* 



Modem Languages 



a. One language endorsement — a minimum of twenty-four hours 

in that language. fi 1 

b. Two or more foreign languages — a minimum of eighteen semes- 
ter hours in each of the languages. 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
Respectively. 

SPECIAL COURSES 

MDLG 304. Masterpieces in Translation (D-2) 3 hours 

A survey of great literary works from France, Germany, Spain, and Spanish 
America, from the seventeenth century to modern times. Students desiring a 
complete survey of world literature may first enroll for ENGL 445, World 
Literature, which covers the centuries up to the seventeenth. Applies to- 
ward general education requirements in literature but not toward the major 
in French, German or Spanish. (Spring, even years) 

MDLG 295/495. Directed Study 2-6 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
individual student. This course also includes credit offered by the Modern 
Languages Department on directed study tours. Approval of the instructor 
must be obtained prior to registration for the course, 

FRENCH 

FREN 101:102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is French. FREN 101 is offered fall odd years; 102, spring even years.) 

FREN 211:212. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Entrance by standardized examination at required level. 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
prose and poetry; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. 
(No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is 
French. FREN 211 is offered Fall even years; 212, Spring odd years.) 

GERMAN 

GRMN 101:102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is German.) GRMN 101 is offered fall even years; 102, spring odd 
years. 



Modern Languages 



GRMN 211:212. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

II J Prerequisite: Entrance by standardized examination at required level. 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
prose and poetry; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. 
(No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is 
German.) GRMN 211 is offered fall odd years; 212, spring even years begin- 
ning 1985-86. 

SPANISH 

SPAN 101:102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 

(Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary 
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary 
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother 
tongue is Spanish). 

SPAN 211:212. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Entrance by standardized examination at a required level. 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. At the discretion of the Division 
Chairman, this course may be closed to Spanish-speaking persons with 
three credits in secondary Spanish. Laboratory work is required. (No credit 
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is Spanish) . 

SPAN 344. Composition and Conversation (D-l), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211:212 or equivalent. 

Development of skill in speaking, understanding, and writing idiomatic 

Spanish. (Not open to Spanish or Latin- American nationals. Fall, odd years) 

SPAN 354. Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211:212 or equivalent. 

Backgrounds of the social, religious, political, economic, artistic, and intel- 
lectual scene in the Spanish-speaking world. (Fall, even years) 

SPAN 365. Spanish Linguistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211:212 or equivalent. Recommended: SPAN 344. 
Introduction to the morphological, syntactic, and phonemic structure of the 
Spanish language. Practice in sounds, intonation, and transcription; reme- 
dial pronunciation drills. (Spring, odd years) 

SPAN 376. Masterpieces of Spanish Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211:212 or equivalent. 

History and development of Spanish literature; reading of representative 

works. No credit allowed if SPAN 336 credit has been awarded. (Spring, odd 

years) 









Modern Languages 

SPAN 436. Masterpieces of Spanish- American 

Literature (D-2) 3 hours £} Q 

Prerequisite: SPAN 211:212 or equivalent. 

History and development of Spanish-American literature; reading of rep- 
resentative works. (Spring, even years) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Learning and teaching a foreign language, in both theory and practical 
application, with special attention to goals, planning, classroom 
techniques, selection and utilization of materials and aids, and evaluation of 
student performance. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first 
semester during the senior year. 

(D-l), (D-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



Business Administration 



64 




DIVISION OF BUSINESS 
AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

Chairman: Wayne VandeVere 

Business Administration Office Administration 

Bill Richards Dan Rozell Joyce Cotham 

Cecil Rolfe Wayne VandeVere Evonne Richards 

Jolene Zackrison 

The courses and programs offered by the division are designed to 
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, govern- 
ment, industry, and in long-term health care. 

The objectives of the division are: 

1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free 
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical 
guidelines. 

2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy 
towards our current economic environment and the ever changing 
business world of the future. 

3 . To provide the student with a quality academic program with basic 
business and office skills required for initial job placement. 

4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers 
and in positions of business leadership within organizations spon- 
sored by this denomination. 

5. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into 
most graduate degree programs in business. 

The division offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
(B.B.A.) with majors in accounting and management and a Bachelor of 
Science degree (B.S.) with majors in Business Administration, Office 
Administration, and Long-Term Health Care. 

For those who desire a two-year program, Associate of Science degrees 
(A.S.) are available in Accounting and Office Administration with op- 
tions with or without shorthand. Minors in either Business or Office 
Administration are offered. 

Students who plan to teach business subjects at the high school level 
should major in Office Administration and should also fulfill the re- 
quirements for teacher certification. 



65 



Business Administration 



66 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 

The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core of business courses plus a 
major in accounting or management. Basic Core Course requirements are 
as follows: 

ACCT 121:122 Principles of Accounting 6 hours 

ECON 224:225 Principles of Economics 6 hours 

BUAD 313 Business Statistics 3 hours 

BUAD 314 Quantitative Methods for 

Business Decisions . % 3 hours 

BUAD 315 Business Finance 3 hours 

BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours 

BUAD 337:338 Business Law 6 hours 

BUAD 414 Business Policies 3 hours 

BUAD 488 Seminar in Business Administration . . 1 hour 

SECR 315 Business Communications 3_ hours 

TOTAL 40 hours 

Major — Accounting: 23 hours plus the above B.B.A. Core Require- 
ments: 

ACCT 211:212 Intermediate Accounting 6 hours 

ACCT 317 Federal Income Taxes 4 hours 

ACCT 321, 322 Cost & Managerial Accounting I & II . . 6 hours 

ACCT 417 Auditing 4 hours 

Accounting electives 3_ hours 

TOTAL 23 hours 

Major — Management: 23 hours plus the above B.B.A. Core Require- 
ments: 

ACCT 211 Intermediate Accounting 3 hours 

ACCT 321 Cost & Managerial Accounting I 3 hours 

BUAD 344 Personnel Administration 3 hours 

BUAD 353 Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

BUAD 355 Organizational Behavior 2 hours 

One of the following three courses: 

BUAD 347 Business and Government 3 hours 

ECON 314 Money & Banking 3 hours 

ECON 328 Managerial Economics 3 hours 

Electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON . . 6_ hours 

TOTAL 23 hours 

Among the General Education Requirements, the B.B.A. degree stu- 






Business Administration 



dent must include RELT 373, SPCH 135, a course in Psychology, and 

either CPTR 120, 125, 131, or 217. ft J 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Major — Business Administration: Forty-three hours including ACCT 
121:122, 211; BUAD 313, 314, 315, 326, 334, 337, 338, 414, 488; ECON 
224, 225; plus three hours in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. Cognate require- 
ment: CPTR 120, 125, or 131; SECR 315. 

Major — Long-term Health Care: Forty-four hours including ACCT 
121:122; BUAD 231, 232, 234, 235, 315, 334, 337, 338, 497, 498; ECON 
224, 225. Cognate requirement: CPTR 120, 125, or 131. 

Minor — Business Administration: Eighteen hours including ACCT 
121:122; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 334 or 344; and six hours of upper 
division courses in Accounting, Economics or Business Administration. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Major — Accounting: Thirty hours for the Associate of Science degree, 
including ACCT 121:122, 211:212, 321; BUAD 128, 337; ECON 213 or 
224; plus six hours electives in Accounting, Economics and Business 
Administration. Cognates required: CPTR 120, 125, or 131; SECR 115 or 
equivalent. 

Teaching Endorsements: The student must earn a major in the subject 
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements 
by meeting the number of hours indicated below. 

Bookkeeping 

ACCT 121:122 Principles of Accounting 6 hours 

Accounting elective 4 hours 

ECON 224 or Principles of Economics 3 hours 

ECON 225 

Two of the following three 

areas for a total of 6 hours 

BUAD 337 or Business Law (3) 

338 
BUAD 128 Personal Finance (3) 

SECR 315 Business Communications (3) 

Business Law TOTAL 19 hours 

ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting 3 hours 

ECON 224 or Principles of Economics 3 hours 

ECON 225 

BUAD 337, 338 Business Law 6 hours 

Business elective 3 hours 

BUAD 128 or Personal Finance (3) 3 hours 

SECR 315 Business Communications (3) — 

TOTAL 18 hours 



Business Administration 



The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

ACCOUNTING 

ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the 
bookkeeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional 
offices, merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does 
not apply towards a bachelor's degree offered by the Division of Business 
and Office Administration. (Spring) 

ACCT 121:122. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours 

A course in the fundamentals of accounting theory. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

ACCT 211:212. Intermediate Accounting 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121:122. 

An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including prepara- 
tion of financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classifica- 
tion and evaluation of balance sheet accounts and their related income and 
expense accounts. (Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 316. Fund and Institutional Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121:122. 

A course designed to provide an in-depth coverage of the concepts of fund 
accounting as they apply to governmental units and not-for-profit institu- 
tions including schools, hospitals, and churches. Considerable attention 
will be given to accounting principles as used by the various institutions of 
the Seventh-day Adventist Church. (Fall) 

ACCT 317. Federal Income Taxes 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121:122. 

A course designed to provide an explanation and training in the application 
of personal and corporate Federal income taxes to specific problems. Social 
Security taxes are also included. (Spring) 

ACCT 321. Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 122. 

A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as a 
managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relation- 
ships, /budgeting, capital budgeting, cost behavior patterns, transfer pricing, 
and divisional performance measurement. (Fall) 

ACCT 322. Cost and Managerial Accounting II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and BUAD 313. 

An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of job-order and process 

cost accounting systems using actual, standard, and direct costing methods. 



The more quantitative aspects of management accounting are emphasized 
including decision-making under uncertainty, inventory control, cost be- 
havior and regression analysis, and the variance investigation decision. 
(Spring) 



Business Administration 

69 



ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 211:212. 

A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated 
financial statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty, 
estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and segment reporting. (Spring) 

ACCT 417. Auditing 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 211:212. 

A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public account- 
ing work including generally accepted auditing standards, professional 
code of ethics of the AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall) 

ACCT 418, 419. C.P.A. Review Problems 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

A course designed to study accounting theory, auditing, accounting prac- 
tice, and business law as exemplified by the official accounting pro- 
nouncements of the AICPA and FASB. (Fall, Spring) 



ECONOMICS 

ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student. It provides an under- 
standing of the United States' mixed economy through a study of the market 
system,, the role of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact of 
tne foreign sector. This course does not apply on a major in accounting or 
management. No credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken. (Fall) 

ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours 

A survey course in the fundamentals of economics; the institutions, forces, 
and factors affecting production, evaluation, exchange, and distribution of 
wealth in modern society. (Fall, Spring) 

ECON 314. Money and Banking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 224. 

Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks and their services, the 

Federal Reserve System, and other financial institutions are considered. 

(Spring) 

ECON 328. Managerial Economics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 213 or ECON 225. 

The examination of the economic environment within which the business 
firm makes the decisions, and the application of principles and theories of 
economics in managerial decision making. (Spring) 



Business Administration 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and prac- 
tices designed to provide the techniques to manage personal finances. 
Budgeting, consumerism, insurance, home ownership, and investments are 
included in the topics covered. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BUAD 231. General Administration of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organiza- 
tion and management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, and 
controlling. Includes review of licensing requirements, insurance, business 
law, human relations, public relations. (Summer) 

BUAD 232. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours 

A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration 
including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities, the relation- 
ship to other health care facilities in the total health care delivery system, 
and technically related medical relationships and services. (Summer) 

BUAD 234. Financial Management of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for man- 
agement decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer) 

BUAD 235. Health Planning, Regulation, and 

Legislation 3 hours 

A detailed course covering the planning for delivery of health services both 
at the systems level and at the organizational level. Implications of legisla- 
tion to providers of health services: current policies, practices, and regula- 
tions including their financial impact. Includes contemporary issues in 
health care administration, financing, organization, delivery, regulation, 
development and improvement of standards, and allocations of resources. 
(Summer) 

BUAD 313. Business Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 120 or 125; MATH 104 or an ACT mathematics score of 
22 or above. 

Descriptive statistics; probability theory and applications including Baye- 
sian revision; the binomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, exponential, normal, 
student's t, chi-square, and F distributions; inferential statistics including 
sampling concepts, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing; multiple 
regression and correlation; introductory time series analysis. This is an 
applied (rather than mathematical) approach to statistics, and emphasis will 
be placed on statistics as a tool of management for decision-making. (Fall) 

BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BUAD 313. 

Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans- 



portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. 
Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program 
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring) 



Business Administration 

71 



BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 211:212. 

A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis 
on instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to 
working capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall) 

BUAD 326. Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing 
institutions, basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, 
price policies, and competitive practices. (Spring) 

BUAD 334. Principles of Management 3 hours 

A beginning course designed to study business management including an 
analysis of business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional 
characteristics of the management process and current ethics. (Fall) 

BUAD 337, 338. Business Law 3,3 hours 

A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including 
social control through law and the law of commercial transactions and 
business organizations. (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 344. Personnel Administration 3 hours 

An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of 
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at high 
levels. Among topics covered are selection, training, compensation and 
financial incentives, work standards, techniques of supervision and leader- 
ship. (Spring) 

BUAD 347. Business and Government 3 hours 

A study of the ways in which business and economic life are shaped and 
directed by government. The legal framework within which business is 
conducted and the evolution of public policy toward business are 
examined. (Fall) 

BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a small 
business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for establishing a 
new business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, and the 
management of the small business. (Spring) 

BUAD 355. Organizational Behavior 2 hours 

This course examines the nature and consequences of human behavior in 
work organizations. Primary emphasis is placed on the interaction between 
employee needs and organizational requirements, and on the role of man- 
agement in facilitating mutual goal attainment. Topics covered include: 
individual differences, perception and attitude formation, motivation, job 



Office Administration 



72 



design, group processes, conflict, leadership, decision making, and change 
and development processes. (Spring) 

BUAD 414. Business Policies (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BUAD 334. 

This course of study is designed to give the student experience in 
decision-making and problem-solving through the case method. The atten- 
tion of the student is directed to defining, analyzing, and proposing alterna- 
tive solutions to business problems from management's viewpoint. (Spring) 

BUAD 425. Investment Analysis (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121. 

A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential 
investor of institutional or personal funds through the use of problems, 
readings, and cases. Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the 
security market, real estate, and fixed equipment investments. (Spring) 

BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour 

This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. 
Top men and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real 
estate, finance, retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten 
lectures will be required. This course may be repeated for credit. (Spring) 

BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be ar- 
ranged. Approval must be secured from Division Chairman prior to registra- 
tion. (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 497, 498. Long-Term Care Administration 

Internship 4,4 hours 

A tailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care 
facility will include 400 clock hours or on-the-job experience. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

(C-2), (F-2), (G-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

Major: Forty-nine hours including SECR 104, 114, 115, 213, 214, 215, 
218, 223, 314, 315, 317, 323, 324; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 334 and 337. 
Cognate requirements include ACCT 121:122, and CPTR 120. 

Those students wishing to receive teacher certification in Office Ad- 
ministration must also satisfy the professional teacher education re- 
quirements. (See Education listing.) 

Minor: Eighteen hours including SECR 214 and fifteen hours from 
courses in Office Administration, six of which must be upper division. 



Office Administration 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

Two-year Associate of Science degree majors in Office Administration / O 
with ACT scores below 22 in Math may fulfill general education re- 
quirement (A-2) with SECR 218 (Business Math and Calculating 
Machines)* Those with scores below 12 must take MATH 100. 

Major— Executive Option: Thirty-four hours for the Associate of Sci- 
ence degree, including SECR 104, 114, 115, 213, 214, 215, 218, 223, 315, 
317, 323. Cognates required: ACCT 103 or 121; ENGL 102. 

Major — Word Processing Option: Thirty hours including SECR 115, 
213, 214, 218, 223, 314, 315, 317, 323, 324; plus two hours electives in 
Office Administration. Cognates required: ACCT 103 or 121; ENGL 102; 
CPTR 120. 

Major— Medical Option: Thirty hours including SECR 115, 213, 214, 
218, 223, 314, 316, 317, 323, 333; plus two hours electives in Office 
Administration. Cognates required: ACCT 103 or 121; BIOL 105; ENGL 
102; CPTR 120. 

Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the subject 
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements 
by meeting the number of hours indicated below. 

Secretarial Practice 

ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting 3 hours 

ECON 224 or Principles of Economics 3 hours 

ECON 225 

SECR 105 Beginning Typewriting 2 hours 

SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 2 hours 

SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 2 hours 

SECR 114 Shorthand II 4 hours 

SECR 215 Shorthand III 5 hours 

SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

Two of the following three 

areas for a total of 6 hours 

BUAD 337 or Business Law (3) 

338 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance (3) 

SECR 315 Business Communications (3) 

TOTAL 30 hours 

Business Machines 

ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting 3 hours 

ECON 224 or Principles of Economics 3 hours 

225 
SECR 218 Business Mathematics and 

Calculating Machines 2 hours 



Office Administration 






BUAD 337 or 

338 
BUAD 128 
SECR 315 



Business electives 4 hours 

Two of the following three 

areas for a total of 6 hours 

Business Law (3) 



Personal Finance (3) 
Business Communications (3) 



TOTAL 18 hours 



Clerical or Office 

ACCT 121 
ECON 224 or 

225 
SECR 217 



BUAD 337 or 

338 
BUAD 128 
SECR 315 



Practice 

Principles of Accounting 3 hours 

Principles of Economics 3 hours 

Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

Business elective 3 hours 

Two of the following three 

areas for a total of 6 hours 

Business Law (3) 

Personal Finance (3) 

Business Communications (3) 

TOTAL 18 hours 



Shorthand 

ACCT 121 
ECON 224 or 

225 
SECR 114 
SECR 215 



BUAD 337 or 

338 
BUAD 128 
SECR 315 



Principles of Accounting 3 hours 

Principles of Economics 3 hours 

Shorthand II 4 hours 

Shorthand III 5 hours 

Two of the following three 

areas for a total of 6 hours 

Business Law (3) 

Personal Finance (3) 

Business Communications (3) 

TOTAL 21 hours 



Typewriting 

ACCT 121 
ECON 224 or 

225 
SECR 105 
SECR 115 



Principles of Accounting 3 hours 

Principles of Economics 3 hours 

Beginning Typewriting 2 hours 

Intermediate Typewriting 2 hours 






Office Administration 



SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 2 hours 

Two of the following three T^L 

areas for a total of , 6 hours 

BUAD 337 or Business Law (3) 

338 
BUAD 128 Personal Finance (3) 

SECR 315 Business Communications (3) 

TOTAL 18 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

SECR 104. Shorthand I (G-2) 4 hours 

This course presents the fundamental principles of Gregg Shorthand, 
Diamond Jubilee Series, using the individual progress method. Reading and 
writing of shorthand outlines and longhand transcription are emphasized. 
Five class periods a week. (Fall) 

SECR 105. Beginning Typewriting (G-2) 2 hours 

Five class periods each week. One hour of laboratory a week is required. 
Basic keyboard fundamentals; development of manipulative techniques; 
development of speed and accuracy on straight copy material and problems; 
introduction to business letters; simple tabulation. For students with no 
previous training in typewriting. Students with one year of high school 
typewriting receive no credit. Thirty-five words a minute for five minutes is 
required. (Spring) 

SECR 106. Typewriting Production and Review 1 hour 

Prerequisite: One year of high school typing or equivalent. 
Second nine weeks of semester. Development of speed and accuracy on 
straight copy and problems; review of simple business letters, tabulation, 
and basic typing skills, (Spring) 

SECR 114. Shorthand II (G-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 105 or high school equivalent, and SECR 104 with grade 
of C or above or consent of instructor. 

A continuation of individual progress instruction in which students pro- 
gress at their own rates in building shorthand skill. Transcription on the 
typewriter is introduced with increased emphasis on speed building. Five 
class periods a week. (Spring) 

SECR 115. Intermediate Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 105 or equivalent. 

Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Continua- 
tion of SECR 105; improvement of basic skills; business letter production; 



Office Administration 



76 



tabulated reports; manuscripts; special business forms. (Students with two 
years of high school typewriting receive no credit.) (Fall) 

SECR 213. Records Management 2 hours 

Basic principles and procedures of control and storage of records. A simula- 
tion involving a study of rules for alphabetic filing and projects on five 
methods of filing. A study of the criteria by which records are created, 
stored, and transferred. (Fall) 

SECR 214. Advanced Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 115 or equivalent. 

Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Preparation 
of final copy from rouch drafts; typing of financial statements; complex 
statistical and tabulated reports, and representative problems from techni- 
cal and professional offices. (Spring) 

SECR 215. Shorthand III and Transcription 4 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 114 with grade of C or above and 214. 
Additional development of shorthand skill with emphasis on the mailable 
transcript. Includes speed building, with minimum speed requirement at 90 
words per minute for three minutes with 95 percent accuracy. Five class 
periods a week. (Fall, Summer) 

SECR 218. Business Mathematics and 

Calculating Machines (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 100 or ACT score of 12 or above. 
The electronic calculator is used to solve common business problems which 
include: basic arithmetic operations, fractions, percentage, interest, dis- 
counts, merchandising, payrolls, depreciation and the use of credit. (Spring, 
Summer) 

SECR 219. Offset and Quick Print Operations 2 hours 

This course is designed to prepare the student to work in a quick print 
business operation oy operating equipment typical of large corporation 
in-house printing systems. (Fall, Spring) 

SECR 223. Introduction to Word Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101; pre- or corequisite: ENGL 102 and SECR 214. 
Introduces the total concept of word/information processing. Through lec- 
tures, films and field trips, the student will learn about the history of word 
processing, paperwork origination and production techniques, repro- 
graphics, records processing, communication/distribution, computers, of- 
fice systems and implementation of word/information systems. In the sec- 
ond half of the course students will develop skill in using voice transcribing 
machines to produce mailable copy. (Spring) 

SECR 314. Business English 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101:102. 

An intensive study of elementary grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spell- 
ing, and word usage as necessary tools for effective written and spoken 
communication. (Fall) 



Office Administration 



SECR 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101 :102. J J 

A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business 
communications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling, and punctuation, and the 
writing of well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means of 
effective expression in business-letter writing. (Fall, Spring) 

SECR 316. Medical Terminology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 214; BIOL 105. 

A study of medical terms — their pronunciation, spelling, and meaning, and 
their application to medical secretarial work. Open only to students who are 
enrolled in a medical emphasis program. (Fall) 

SECR 317. Secretarial Procedures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 213; 214; 215 or previous or current enrollment in 326. 
An integration of skills learned in previous secretarial courses, together 
with emphasis on decision-making alrility, judgment, business ethics, and 
initiative used in the secretarial profession. Lectures/simulations. (Spring) 

SECR 323. Word Processing Text Editing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 223. 

Introduces the student to the text editing capabilities of modern word 
processing equipment. The student will complete the self-paced training 
materials for the Dictaphone System 6000 as well as other supplementary 
projects. One hour of class and three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall) 

SECR 324. Advanced Word Processing and Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SECR 323. 

Continued skill and knowledge in the use of text editing and voice transcrip- 
tion equipment. The student will learn such advanced applications of the 
Dictaphone 6000 System as global search and replace, phrase libraries, 
automatic indexing, footnoting, records processing and math processing in 
forms. Emphasis is placed on rapid and efficient production of correspond- 
ence and documents. Production skills applied to class assignments, simu- 
lations and live work projects. One hour or class and six hours of laboratory 
each week. (Spring) 

SECR 333. Advanced Medical Terminology 

and Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SECR 223 and 316. 

For medical secretarial majors only. Continued emphasis on increasing 
medical vocabulary, with skill and knowledge developed in the transcrip- 
tion techniques and procedures of medical dictation. Three class periods 
per week. (Spring) 

JECR 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Open only to majors in Office Administration. Research studies relating to 
the field of Office Administration are assigned according to the experience 
and interests of the student. Length of project determines credit. 



Office Administration 



78 



EDUCATION 



EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Business 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 

(G-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



I 






DIVISION OF EDUCATION 
AND HUMAN SCIENCES 

Chairman: Cyril Roe 

Behavioral Science Education 

Ed Lamb Melvin Campbell 

Larry Williams Desmond Rice 

Cyril Roe 
Home Economics Jeanette Stepanske 

Thelma Cushman 

Earl Evans Library Science 

Peggy Bennett 
Charles Davis 
Loranne Grace 
Patricia Morrison 

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

The student of human behavior may span the full scope of endeavor 
open to mankind — mental, physical, and spiritual. He perceives man as 
once perfect, but now fallen from his original state. Through experimen- 
tation, field study, review, and the aid of the Holy Spirit, the behavioral 
scientist becomes better able to predict and understand individual and 
group behavior. Always uppermost in his goals is the proper steward- 
ship of the wisdom flowing from the mind of God. 

Those who anticipate employment or graduate study in guidance, 
law, occupational therapy, personnel work, psychology, social work, 
sociology or anthropology should consider a major in a Behavioral 
Science emphasis or Psychology. Those interested in becoming school 
counselors or dormitory deans will want to certify in a teaching field and 
take EDUC 355. Registered nurses should find a major in Behavioral 
Science a timely preparation for public health or psychiatric nurses' 
work. In most cases, to achieve a professional level in these fields the 
student must seriously consider further preparation at the graduate 
level. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Major: Thirty hours including PSYC 124, 224 or 225, 326, 385, 415, 
465, and 484. Cognate requirements are BHSF 215, 356, and three hours 
in biology (BIOL 227 strongly recommended). Students planning for 



79 



Behavioral Science 



80 



graduate study in psychology are urged to take beyond the basic 30 
hours required. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

Major: Forty-five hours with an emphasis in Family Studies, Social 

Work, or Sociology, including core requirement courses BHSF 115, 394, 

485; PSYC 124, 128, 315; SOCW 221, 222; SOCI 125, 223, 424. Cognate 

requirements are three hours in biology and ECON 213, 224 or 225. 

Additional requirements for the specific emphases in the Behavioral 

Science major are: 

Family Studies emphasis: PSYC 233; SOCI 295 or 495, 365; HMEC 

147, 201, 202. Remaining course-work will normally be chosen from 

the following courses: PSYC 225, 367, 377; SOCW 375, 485. 

Social Work emphasis: SOCW 314, 315, 435 (maximum hours), and 

295 or 495. 
Sociology emphasis: SOCI 427 and 295 or 495. 

The student contemplating graduate study should take as many hours 
as possible in the area of his emphasis. 

Minor — Behavioral Science. Eighteen hours selected from any Be- 
havioral Science areas and including PSYC 124, SOCW 221, and SOCI 
125, with a minimum of six hours of upper division Behavioral Science 
classes. 

Minor— Family Studies. Eighteen hours including HMEC 147, 201, 
202, SOCI 365, PSYC 126, 127, and five hours to be selected from the 
following: SOCI 223, SOCI 495, SOCW 375, BHSF 485, HMEC 146, 
HMEC 415. 

Minor— Psychology. Eighteen hours including PSYC 124, 126, 225, 
315, and 385. 

Minor— Sociology. Eighteen hours including SOCI 125, 424, and 427. 



BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE FOUNDATIONS 

BHSF 115. Orientation to the Behavioral Sciences 1 hour 

An examination of career choices, training requirements, employment 
trends in the behavioral sciences. Career and academic guidance will be 
provided for each student. Some visitations and interviewing asked of 
students. (Fall, Spring) 

BHSF 215. Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or an ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or 

above. 

See Mathematical Sciences course listing. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 






Behavioral Science 



BHSF 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an 
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. 
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu- 
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. (Fall, 
Spring) 

BHSF 394. Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

An introduction to common research design and methodology in laboratory 
and non-laboratory settings. Both experimental and field research designs 
and analysis techniques will be included. (Fall) 

BHSF 485. Behavioral Science Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: BHSF 394. 

A discussion of problems and issues related to the behavioral sciences. One 
hour discussion each week with individual students assigned primary re- 
port responsibilities for each class period, A term report/paper is required. 
Open only to Behavioral Science and Psychology majors during their junior 
or senior year. (Fall, Spring) 

PSYCHOLOGY 

FRSH 100. Life Planning 2 hours 

The student is helped to explore personal needs, motivation, and coping 
patterns in relation to making decisions, setting goals, and choosing a 
career. Standardized tests and self-paced instruction may be employed as 
means for clarifying personal values and identifying applicable occupa- 
tional fields. (Fall, Summer) 

PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. 
Attention given to the concepts of Christian psychology. Recommended as a 
preliminary to other courses in the field. (Fall, Spring) 

PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed on 
the emotional, social, physical, motor, and psychological development of 
the individual. No credit will be granted if PSYC 1 26 or 1 2 7 has been taken. 
(Fall, Spring) 

PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups, 
social roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of considera- 
tion. Credit applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but not 
for both. (Spring) 

PSYC 225. Psychology of Personality (F-l) 3 hours 

A systematic study of the development, dynamics, and structure of person- 
ality. Methodology and theory are studied in relation to personality de- 
velopment. (Fall) 



Behavioral Science 



82 



PSYC 233. Human Sexuality in the 

Christian Context (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in 
the Christian cultural setting. 

PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 126. 

A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good 

adjustment and mental health, (Spring) 

PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours 

This course focuses on the physiological substrates of behavior. Specific 
attention is given to the physiological basis of learning and motivation, 
sensation, emotion, neural encoding, and sleep. Further analysis of the 
structural and functional organization of the brain and nervous system. 
(Fall) 

PSYC 344. Personnel Administration 3 hours 

(See Business and Office Administration Division listings.) 

PSYC 367. Adolescent Psychology (F-l) 2 hours 

The determinants and implications of behavioral characteristics and de- 
velopmental patterns during adolescence. Content will include the 
psychological and social dynamics underlying the attempted resolution of 
crises ana tasks specific to adolescents in modern society. (Fall, Spring) 

PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: One course in Psychology. 

This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual 

counseling. The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. (Fall) 

PSYC 385. Religious Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Examination of the philosophical assumptions of modern science and mod- 
ern psychological theory. The evaluation of various personality and coun- 
seling theories in light of the Christian image of man. Covers religious 
motivation, religious experience, religiosity, nonbelief, the nature and real- 
ity of the spiritual, and the importance of absolutes. Includes applications of 
Biblical psychology to Christian counseling. (Spring) 

PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124. 

Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a con- 
sideration of contemporary schools and systems of psychology. (Spring) 

PSYC 425. Psychology of Learning (F-l) 2 hours 

A review of the current theories and principles related to both learning and 
teaching. Advanced analysis of human problem-solving, thinking, reason- 
ing, and other correlates of human cognition processes. (Spring) 



Behavioral Science 



PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Selected topics in psychology in the classroom and/or laboratory setting. OtJ 
This course may be repeated for credit with an appropriate change in topics. 

PSYC 484. Experimental Psychology (F-l) 4 hours 

Prerequisites: BHSF 215. 

The application of experimental methods of research in psychology. Selec- 
tion of a topic, literature review, design, and data collection. Proposals and 
independent student research projects required. Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. (Spring) 

PSYC 495. Directed Study (F-l), (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PSYC 484. 

Individual research work open only to psychology majors or behavioral 
science majors. Approval must be obtained from the division head prior to 
registration. (Fall, Spring) 

SOCIAL WORK 

SOCW 221. Social Welfare I (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the field of social welfare. Programs are viewed from 
both historical and philosophical perspectives. An examination of agencies 
and organizations in which social work is practiced. Off-campus visits to 
several agencies are required. (Fall) 

SOCW 222. Social Welfare II (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor. 
The impact of cultural, economic, political and social forces upon social 
welfare policies and programs is analyzed. An overview of intervention 
models and methods. (Spring) 

SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor. 
Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary 
among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics 
of social work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire 
semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than 
three hours credit. (Fall) 

SOCW 314. Social Work Methods I (W) 3 hours 

A course oriented toward problem-solving technologies used in working 
with individuals, groups, and communities. Considers resolving social 
problems through an effective battery of social welfare activities. Diagnostic 
assessments of the person-problem-situation, ego supportive procedures, 
and problem-solving processes are emphasized. (Fall) 

SOCW 315. Social Work Methods II (W) 2 hours 

A course designed to develop a basic understanding of group theory and 
process from a therapeutic perspective. Community organization principles 
are explored including public policy development and implementation. 
(Spring) 



Behavioral Science 



84 



SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family interven- 
tion. The family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis 
techniques designed to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium. (Fall) 

SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum 4 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314. 

This course provides opportunity for students to apply the combined 
techniques of casework, group work, and/or community organization 
through direct participation in the social service delivery system. Through 
his participation the student becomes familiar with agency structures, func- 
tions, and programs. A minimum of 175 hours will be spent working in an 
agency setting for each four hours of course credit. Course may be repeated 
once. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



SOCIOLOGY 

SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours 

An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social 
world. Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society 
and social institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups 
including the family, its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours 

A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the 
family in society and the Christ-centered approach to marital and familial 
conflicts. (Fall, Spring) 

SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

(See Psychology area listings.) 

SOCI 233. Human Sexuality in the 

Christian Context (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in 
the Christian cultural setting. 

SOCI 295/495. Directed Study (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor. 
Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology. Content will vary 
among such topics as the sociology of women, social conflict and change, 
Black America, the sociology of education, etc. The selected topic is pur- 
sued for the entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total 
of not more than three hours credit. (Spring) 

SOCI 328. The Community (F-l) 3 hours 

Examination of the social structure and interaction patterns of communities, 
both rural and urban. The history of community development, particularly 
urbanization and its effect on society. (Fall, odd years) 



Education 



SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours 

The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the HS 
process of aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in con- 
temporary society. Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored. 
A balance between the theoretical and the applied is sought. (Spring) 

SOCI 356. Minorities in America (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

(See History listings under Division of Arts and Letters.) 

SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be 
given to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorganiza- 
tion and reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be 
given to findings of recent family studies. (Spring) 

SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenome- 
non, of criminals, and of penal treatment. The relationship of law and crime 
to other trends in the social order. Research in prevention and treatment of 
crime. (Fall) 

SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural 
Changes today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in 
bringing about group and mass adjustment. (Spring) 

SOCI 427. Sociological Theory Development (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125. 

This course focuses on the emergence of sociology as a systematic disci- 
pline. A critical analysis of sociological theory is made from 1850-1920, 
including Comte, Tocqueville, Spencer, Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Simmel, 
and Pareto. (Spring) 

(F-l), (F-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 

EDUCATION 

College Methods and Student Teacher Supervisors: Joyce Cotham, 
Charles Davis, Robert Garren, Floyd Greenleaf, Wayne Janzen, Robert 
gCamieneski, Ed Lamb, Robert Moore, Robert Morrison, Marvin 
ptobertson, David Smith, Ron Springett, David Steen. 

The teacher education programs are founded upon a liberal arts de- 
mand for breadth and depth of knowledge and experience and on the 
idea that a teacher should be a good example in health, intellect, and 
Character. 

The Education program offers courses leading to the Bachelor of 
Science in Elementary Education with an optional endorsement for 






Education 



86 




kindergarten teaching. Furthermore, in cooperation with other subject 
areas, the following secondary certification programs are available: Art, 
Bible, Business (Office Administration), English, Foreign Languages, 
Health and Physical Education, History, Home Economics (non- 
vocational), Industrial Arts, Mathematics, Music, and Science (Biology, 
Chemistry, and Physics). 

Tennessee endorsement for School Librarian is available to all cer- 
tified teachers. 

The National Teachers Examination (NTE) is required for certifica- 



Education 



tion. It is necessary that teacher education students apply at the Testing 
and Counseling office to take the core battery and specialty areas of this 
examination during the last semester of the senior year. 

Accreditation 

SC's programs in teacher education are approved by the Tennessee 
State Board of Education, the Department of Education of the General 
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, the American Association of 
Colleges for Teacher Education, and the National Council for Accredita- 
tion of Teacher Education (NCATE). 

SC's teacher education programs prepare the individual for certifica- 
tion to teach in North American Seventh-day Adventist schools and 
public schools. 

The student who completes SC's approved program and is recom- 
mended for certification will have indicated on the transcript that his 
program was NCATE approved. This recognition provides virtually 
automatic certification in the following states: 



87 



Alabama 


Maine 


Pennsylvania 


Arizona 


Maryland 


Rhode Island 


Arkansas 


Massachusetts 


South Dakota 


Colorado 


Minnesota 


Tennessee 


Delaware 


Mississippi 


Texas 


Florida 


Missouri 


Utah 


Georgia 


Nebraska 


Vermont 


Illinois 


North Carolina 


Washington 


Indiana 


North Dakota 


West Virginia 


Iowa 


Oklahoma 




Kentucky 


Oregon 





Each student will be responsible for determining additional courses 
required for certification in any state not listed above. 

Application for state and denominational certification is made 
through the Teacher Certification Officer in the Division of Education 
and Human Sciences. To be eligible for certification the teacher educa- 
tion student must always meet the most current Tennessee certification 
requirements. 

Aims 

Courses in Education are offered to provide the necessary professional 
preparation to meet certification requirements for public and church- 
related kindergarten, elementary, and secondary classroom teaching, to 
afford a general understanding of the school as a social institution for 
those entering services other than teaching, and to serve as preparation 
for graduate programs. 



Education 



88 



I 



Requirements 

The criteria for admission to Teacher Education, outlines of teaching 
majors in secondary education, and policies and procedures related to 
student teaching may be obtained from the Division Secretary in Sum- 
merour Hall. Outlines of teaching majors in secondary education are also 
listed in the Catalog under the respective academic divisions. 

I. ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A. Before the end of the sophomore year, the student will file a 
formal application. This applies to both elementary and sec- 
ondary teacher education candidates. Transfer students later 
than the sophomore year will file an application the first 
semester in residence. 

B. Teacher education institutions are charged with the responsi- 
bility of assuring that students approved for entrance into 
teacher preparation programs demonstrate competency in the 
verbal and quantitative skills at an approved performance 
level. As a requirement for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program, all students must demonstrate this competency by 
obtaining a specific score on a standardized test approved by 
the State Board of Education (ACT composite of 17+). 

C. The Education faculty evaluate the candidates and recom- 
mend them to the Teacher Education Council. The Council 
will then admit competent individuals. To qualify, applicants 
must: 

1. Be in residence at the College. 

2. Have an overall grade point average of 2.25. 

3. Completed ENGL 101:102 with a minimum of C- 

4. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fitness. 

5 . Indicate professional commitment at time of interview with 
the Education faculty. 

6. Have successfully completed the following classes: EDUC 
125 and 134. 

7. Have an ACT composite of 17+, or taken and passed the 
California Achievement Test (CAT) as a qualifying exami- 
nation for entrance to the Teacher Education Program. 

8. Have taken the 16-Personality Factor Questionnaire. 

II. ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER 

A. A formal application must be filed with the Division Chairman 
prior to the end of the junior year. A later application may 
delay the student teaching experience. 

B. Applicant's qualifications: 

1. Before applicants may be admitted to the professional 






Education 



semester, they must have completed all lower division pro- 
fessional education courses, plus at least 8 hours in ftQ 
methods courses for the elementary school majors. 

2. Elementary education applicants must have a grade point 
average of at least 2.5 in the professional core and a 2.25 
grade point average in required non-major subjects. 
Secondary teacher education applicants must have a 
minimum grade point average of 2.5 in the professional 
core subjects and a minimum grade point average of 2.5 for 
subject area endorsements both overall and at SC. 

3. All applicants must give evidence of good physical and 
mental health. 

4. All applicants must adhere to the standards and objectives 
of Southern College and the teacher education program. 

5. All applicants must be approved by action of the Education 
faculty and the Teacher Education Council. 

C. The student will be informed in writing as to his status in the 
teacher education program. 

ffl. RETENTION IN THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A. The progress of each prospective teacher will be reviewed after 
each nine-week period by the Division Chairman or a dele- 
gated member of the Education faculty. 

1. Criteria include: 

a. Adequate academic progress including maintenance of 
the academic standard required for admission to the 
teacher education program. 

b. Consistent personal representation of the standards and 
objectives of Southern College and the teacher educa- 
tion program. 

B . The teacher education faculty reserves the option to disqualify 
a person at any point in his teacher education program if it 
becomes evident that standards for admission are not being 
upheld. The student has the right to appeal any such decision 
through the Teacher Education Council with the Academic 
Dean in consultation. 

C. The required courses for graduation may be altered during the 
student's program at any time to meet revised certification 
standards of either the denomination or the state. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 
Major: Forty-one hours including EDUC 125, 134, 217, 230 or 231, 






Education 

240, 332, 333, 356, 425, 443, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, 467. Cognate 
Qfl requirements include HLED 203; GEOG 204; LIBR 325; ENGL 205 or 218. 

Teaching Endorsements — Elementary Education Majors: 

A. Kindergarten: Students desiring a kindergarten endorsement must 
include in their program of studies EDUC 426, 466, and PSYC 128. 

B . School Librarian: Students certifying in elementary education may 
receive the School Librarian Tennessee endorsement by including 
in their program of studies 18 hours of Library Science, LIBR 125, 
226, 314, 325, 333, 416, 425. 

Professional Semester: One semester of the senior year is a profes- 
sional semester. Its required curriculum includes the following: 

First part of the semester: 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 443 Classroom Competencies 3 hours 

Second part of the semester: 

EDUC 467 Student Teaching 8 hours 

Because of time commitments during the student teaching experi- 
ence, employment will not be permitted and additional course work will 
I be by permission only. 

The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the opportunity for 
student teachers to teach in off-campus student teaching centers. 

Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of 
the credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four ! 
semester hours in education are applied on the professional education j 
requirement. If personal circumstances demand a correspondence 
course, a petition must be filed with the Teacher Education Council and j 
its approval obtained before registering for the course. The course must j 
be completed and the grade filed in the Office of Admissions and Rec- 
ords before student teaching is begun. 

Subject Matter Requirements: Even though the Elementary Education 
student may elect to take a major and a minor in teaching fields rep- 
resented in the elementary school curriculum, he or she must also satisfy 
the following Tennessee requirements for certification: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 

College Composition 101:102 6 hours 

Mathematics 6 hours | 

B. Religion 12 hours 

Christian Beliefs 155, Adventist Heritage 238 and 6 

hours of RELB. 

C. History/Political Science/Economics 

American History 154, 155 6 hours 



Education 



World Geography 204 3 hours 

D. LanguagelLiteraturelFine Arts H 1 
Listening to Music 115 and Art 

Appreciation 218 or Humanities 205 3-4 hours 

Literature 6 hours 

Speech 3 hours 

E. Science 

Biology 4 hours 

Chemistry or Physics 4 hours 

Earth Science 4 hours 

F. Behavioral and Family Science 
Intro to Sociology 125 or 

Family Relations 365 3 hours 

Health and Life 173 2 hours 

Safety Education 2 hours 

G. Skills 

Library Materials for Children 325 3 hours 

Physical Education activity courses 4 hours 

Physical Education in the Elem. Sch. 463 2 hours 



SECONDARY EDUCATION TEACHING CERTIFICATE 

1. Professional Education Requirements: 24 semester hours. 
The following are required courses: 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 3 hours 
EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional 

Children and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 6 hours 

In addition to the above, all English majors seeking secondary 
education endorsement will be required to take EDUC 332 or 333. 

All students seeking certification in Religion must take Special 
Methods of Teaching Bible (EDUC 438) regardless of whether they 
have other special methods courses. 

Students who are planning to be dormitory deans are advised to 
take EDUC 355 and EDUC 415. 



Education 



All candidates for a teaching certificate are required to take the 
National Teacher Examination, usually in their senior year. 

In order to meet Seventh-day Adventist certification require- 
ments for secondary teaching the student must also take in addition 
to the above: 

RELB Biblical Studies 6 hours 

RELT 155 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

RELT 238 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 

2. Professional Semester: 

One semester of the senior year is a professional semester. 
Some secondary methods classes are taught only first or second 
semester. Consult class schedule for current offerings. 

First part of the semester: 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 3 hours 

EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 1 hour 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

Second part of the semester: 
EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 (full day) 6 hours 

Because of time commitments during the student teaching experi- 
ence, employment will not be permitted and additional course work will 
be by permission only. 

The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the opportunity for 
student teachers to teach in off-campus student teaching centers. 

Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of 
the credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four 
semester hours in education are applied on the professional education 
requirement. If personal circumstances demand a correspondence 
course, a petition must be filed with the Teacher Education Council and 
its approval obtained before registering for the course. The course must 
be completed and the grade filed in the Office of Records before student 
teaching is begun. 

It is expected that any student entering the professional semester will 
have completed all course materials up to that point. Specifically, no 
student will be allowed to enter Special Methods of Teaching (EDUC 
438) or Curriculum and General Methods (EDUC 437) with any incom- 
pletes on their transcript. 

ADDITIONAL TEACHING CERTIFICATES 

In order for a person to obtain an additional teaching credential, the 






classwork for that credential may not be completed before the original 
credential is issued. 



Education 
93 



1. PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVIDU- 
ALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICA- 
TION. Eighteen semester hours listed below is required. A minimum 
of 12 semester hours from these courses must be completed after the 
date the applicant became eligible for a professional certificate en- 
dorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a subject area in grades 
K-12. 

A. Required Courses: 

EDUC 332, Teaching of Reading 2 hours 

EDUC 333, Developmental Reading 2 hours 

EDUC 453, Mathematics Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

EDUC 454, Science and Health Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

EDUC 455, Bible Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

EDUC 456, Language Arts Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

EDUC 457, Social Studies Methods in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

B. Four semester hours to include two of the following three areas: 
EDUC 230, Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 hours 

EDUC 231, Elementary Methods in 

Curriculum and Instruction: Music 2 hours 

PETH 463, Physical Education in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

C. Two semester hours must be in Survey of Exceptional Children if 
not previously successfully completed. If Survey of Exceptional 
Children or any of the above required courses in Section A or 
Section B have been previously completed, the remaining semes- 
ter hours must be taken from the following courses: 

a. Children's Literature c. Health 

b. Tennessee History d. Geography 

D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching. 

2. PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVIDU- 
ALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 
CERTIFICATION. Ten semester hours of credit after the date the 
original certificate was earned. Six semester hours of the ten must be 
in specialized professional education appropriate to grades 7-12 and 



Education 



must include a minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate methods. 
Q^l The credit for at least one area of endorsement in grades 7-12 may 

have been earned at any time prior to the application for adding the 
endorsement. 

1. Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for endorsement in at 
least one teaching field (this will vary from 18 to 51 hours). 

2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional education in- 
cluding: 

A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438. 

B. Any other courses designated by the Division of Education and 
Human Sciences. 

3. Four semester hours of electives in addition to the Elementary 
Education degree requirements. 

3. APPROVED PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION BY STATE BOARD OF 
EDUCATION 

Procedures for securing SC's recommendation for state certification 
of students from institutions located out of the state: 

1 . Application is made to the teacher certification officer through the 
Records Office accompanied by an official transcript and a rec- 

Iommendation from the institution. 
2. Assessment of deficiencies will be made by the Teacher Certifica- 
tion Officer and approved by the Division and the Teacher Educa- 
tion Council. 

3. The Teacher Certification Officer will inform the applicant of any 
deficiencies. 

4 . A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25) will be charged for this service, to 
be refunded upon completion of courses at SC. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CHILD CARE 
ADMINISTRATION 

Major: Twenty-four hours including BUAD 128, EDUC 123, 134, 217, 
230 or 231, 240, 275; FONT 126, 127; HLED 203; HMEC 201, 202; general 
education and other electives to make a total of 64 semester hours. 

Child Care Administration A.S. degree requirements in general educa- 
tion: 

A. Basic Academic Skills: 9 hours 
ENGL 101, 102 

MATH 103 

B. Religion: 6 hours 
RELT 155 
RELT 238 



Education 



C. History: 6 hours 

HIST 154, 155, or GEOG 204 {JJJ 

D> Language, Literature, Fine Arts: 6 hours 

ENGL 213, 214, 215, or 216 

E. Natural Sciences: 6-8 hours with lab, with two areas represented 
below: Biology, Chemistry, or Physics electives with lab. 

F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences: 3 hours 
(Plenty with 24-hour major) plus HLED 173 

G. Activity Skills: 3 hours 

(FDNT 126, 127 already required) 

COURSES IN EDUCATION 

EDUC 125. Foundations of Education 3 hours 

An orientation to early childhood, elementary and secondary education. 
Included in this course are 20 hours of observation in child care, elementary 
and secondary classrooms and a study of the history and organization of 
education, as well as an introduction to professional literature. The student 
is required to take all screening tests for admission to the teacher education 
program, as well as completing application forms. (Qnly two hours credit 
available if the student already has credit for EDUC 123.) (Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations 
of school systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular em- 
phasis on the Seventh-day Adventist educational system. (Not open to 
students who already have credit for EDUC 133.) (Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, 
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching, 

EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in Curriculum 

and Instruction: Art 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education 

A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various 
levels of the elementary school. Observation and participation in art ac- 
tivities with elementary students will be scheduled. 

EDUC 231. Elementary Methods in Curriculum 

and Instruction: Music 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, MUCT 1 00 (or permission of 
instructor) or MUHL 115. 

A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the 
elementary classroom. The content includes appreciation, singing, playing, 
and rhythmic activities with attention to current methods including Orff, 
Kodaly, and movement education. Observation and participation in the 
music program of the elementary school is required. (Fall, Spring, alternate 
Summers) 



Education 



EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

yil A course in the education of exceptional children which concerns itself with 

the wide range of factors contributing to the need for special education and 
the general plans for caring for these factors. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

EDUC 250. Computers in the Classroom (G-2) 2 hours 

The course is an introduction to the use and evaluation of computers in the 
elementary and secondary classroom. Experience and evaluation will be 
given to a wide range of educational software such as records, gradebooks, 
word processing, accounts, and computer assisted instruction. In addition 
to an introduction to computer hardware both LOGO and BASIC will be 
explored as languages suited for classroom use. 

EDUC 275. Child Care Practicum 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 123, 133, 217, 240; HLED 173, 203; BUAD 128. 
The student devotes at least 80 hours of on-the-job practice under the 
supervision of a certified elementary education director. Experiences 
should include: registration and advertising, program design ana manage- 
ment, budgeting, preschool instruction, and parent consultation. 

EDUC 332. Teaching of Reading 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

I Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elemen- 

tary grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including 
phonics instruction. The course involves approximately three hours ol 
supervised practicum along with one hour of lecture each week. (Fall and 
alternate Summers) 

EDUC 333. Developmental Reading (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 332 and Admission to Teacher Education. 
A detailed study of the development of vocabulary, comprehension, and 
study/reference skills in the elementary grades. Causes of reading problems, 
assessment procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are 
stressed. (Spring and alternate Summers) 

EDUC 355. Administrative and Personnel Work of Deans 2 hours 

A basic professional course in the administration of the school home. (Of- 
fered on demand.) (Spring) 

EDUC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an 
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. 
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu- 
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. (Fall, 
Spring) 

EDUC 415. Secondary School Homes Practicum 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 355. 

This course is designed to provide resident experience in secondary school 
home administration under the supervision of a successful dean. Usually 
taken concurrently with student teaching. (Fall, Spring) 



Education 

EDUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 3 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 123, 133, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- Q'T 

tion. if/ 

Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program 
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is 
given to application of the principles of child development and learning to 
promote harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. Ob- 
servation and participation required. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 427. Current Issues in Education (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

An analysis of social and philosophical forces influencine American educa- 
tion today, with special emphasis on the schools as social institutions. (Not 
open to students who already have credit for EDUC 425.) 

EDUC 432. Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the 
needs of secondary school pupils. It will include the teaching of reading in 
the content areas of one's major field, the program elements with procedures 
and processes involved along with their classroom applications. (Fall) 

EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that 
influence change, the most important current practices, and critical cur- 
riculum issues racing educators today. It will provide general knowledge of 
current teaching methods, strategies of learning, and evaluation proce- 
dures. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 438. Special Methods of Teaching, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. Course EDUC 437 and EDUC 
438 comprise a block and should be taken the same semester. 
Student must have completed fifteen semester hours in the teaching area to 
qualify for admission. 

The areas which offer methods courses are: Art, Bible, Business (Office 
Administration), English, Foreign Language, Health and Physical Educa- 
tion, History, Home Economics, Industrial Arts, Mathematics, Music, Sci- 
ence (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics). 

The course will be offered the first half of that semester designated by the 
student's major department. The class will meet four class periods per week. 
Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local profes- 
sional meetings are considered part of this course. 

Among the student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization 
of a file of teaching materials, the preparation of lesson plans, and evalua- 
tion of textbooks. Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at 
selected local professional meetings are considered a part of the course. 
(Fall, Spring) 

EDUC 443. Classroom Competencies 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and completion of at least 
two upper division methods courses. 



Education 



98 



I 



This course provides opportunity for the student to develop skills and 
knowledge related to concepts of classroom organization and management, 
audio-visual aids and techniques, discipline, public relations and ethics. 
Although all school settings will be considered, emphasis will be given to 
small schools. Classroom experience may be required. (Fall, Spring, Sum- 
mer on demand) 

EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 123, 133, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional 
aids with emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the 
sequential skill development and to changes in the mathematical contents, 
technology and pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer on demand) 

EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 123, 133, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are 
examined using basic principles of the scientific method. Observation and 
micro-teaching required. Two-day field trip is required. A lab fee is charged. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer on demand) 

EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 123, 133, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical 
education with emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration 
of faith and learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade class- 
rooms. Observation ana micro-teaching requirea. (Fall, Spring, Summer on 
demand) 

EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 123, 133, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Curriculum organization, methods, materials and instructional aids with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing, 
spelling, grammar, literature and composition are developed. Observation 
and micro-teaching required. (Fall, Spring, Summer on demand) 

EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 123, 133, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials 
and methods when integrating social studies, geography and the world- 



wide mission of the church. Special attention will be given to multi-grade 
classrooms. Observation and micro-teaching required. (Fall, Spring, and 
Summer on demand) 



Education 
99 



EDUC 466. Student Teaching, Kindergarten 2-4 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 426 and Admission to Professional Semester. 
This course is offered the first half of each semester and is available during 
the summer term to teachers with previous experience if suitable classes can 
be found. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

EDUC 467. Student Teaching, 1-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Professional Semester. 

This course is offered each semester and is available during the summer 

term to teachers with previous experience. The student willl>e assigned a 

half-day each week of classroom observation and participation the first half 

of the semester. A weekly seminar is held in the first nine weeks of the 

semester. 

The second half of the semester will be used for full-time student teaching in 

on-campus or selected off-campus elementary schools. Group conferences 

of two periods each week will be scheduled. A minimum of two hours credit 

must be earned in residence. 

Student teachers are expected to provide their own transportation to their 

teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where tney are assigned. 

(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

EDUC 468. Student Teaching, Grades 7-12 6 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 217, 437, 438, and admission to professional semester. 
Music majors must have completed MUPF 479. 

This course is offered each semester and the summer session in selected 
areas. The student teachers will be assigned to the cooperating teacher near 
the beginning of the semester and will be expected to spend a minimum of 
three hours per week in observation and participation. These hours will 
count toward the required student teaching allotment. One-half semester of 
full time directed observation, participation and full-day classroom teach- 
ing is required in on-campus or selected off-campus secondary schools. 
Conferences of two class periods each week will be scheduled. 
A "minimum of two hours credit must be earned in residence by degree 
candidates. Student teachers are expected to provide their own transporta- 
tion to their teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where they 
are assigned. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

EDUC 475. Workshop in Education 1-3 hours 

Preservice and experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under 
supervision on curriculum problems, (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to 

pursue independent study in special fields. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

(F-l), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements, 



Home Economics 



100 



HOME ECONOMICS 



Home Economics programs are designed to prepare men and women 
for careers dealing with home and family life, food and nutrition, textiles 
and clothing, and teaching of non-vocational Home Economics in sec- 
ondary and elementary schools. ^ 

Flexibility of programs allows a choice of concentration to fit the 
preparation needed for the chosen Home Economics profession. 

Emphasis is placed upon the Seventh-day Adventist philosophy for 
home and family living and preparation for professional, church, and 
community leadership. 

All Home Economics programs are planned with a member of the 
Home Economics faculty. Approval is then considered on an individual 
basis and is granted on the following conditions: 

1 . Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere 
in the CATALOG. 

2 . Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student. | 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HOME ECONOMICS 

Major: Forty hours including FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317, 325; HMEC 
146, 147, 148, 164, 165, 166, 201, 202, 349, 415, 485. Cognate require- 
ments: PSYC 127; HLED 203. 

Home Economics majors and candidates for secondary certification 
are encouraged to attend two approved professional meetings each I 
semester. 

Minor — Home Economics: Eighteen hours, six hours of which must be ] 
upper division. 

Minor — Foods and Food Service: Eighteen hours including six hours 
of upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement Requirements: 

Foods and Nutrition courses 8 hours 

Textiles and Clothing courses including HMEC 315 ... 8 hours 
Home Management courses including HMEC 146 8 hours 






Total 24 hours 

Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the 
Division of Education and Human Sciences for admission to the Teacher 
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must j 
apply to the Division of Education and Human Sciences for admission to 
the professional semester. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HOME ECONOMICS 



Home Economics 
101 



The purpose of the two-year curriculum is to prepare the student for a 
successful family experience as well as for service to his community. All 
specified courses will apply toward a Bachelor's degree in Home 
Economics. 

Major: Twenty-four hours including courses FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317; 
HMEC 146, 147, 148, 165, 201, plus electives to make a total of 24 hours 
in Home Economics; HLED 203; general electives to make a total of 64 
semester hours. 

Home Economics majors and candidates for secondary certification 
are encouraged to attend two approved professional meetings each 
semester. 

ASSOCIATE OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE IN FOOD SERVICE 

The purpose of the two-year associate of technology program is to 
provide the student with advanced skills in institutional food service 
production operations including management of special functions. 

Major: Thirty-seven hours including FDNT 111, 112, 113, 114, 125, 
126, 127, 129, 219, 220, 239, 317. Cognate requirements: HMEC 146 or 
BUAD 128; SPCH 136; PSYC 124 or 128. General education require- 
ments include ENGL 099 or 101, MATH 100 (or waiver), and six hours 
B-l or B-2 and electives for a total of 64 semester hours. Work experience 
in the food service and/or bakery is required. 

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN FOOD SERVICE PRODUCTION 

The purpose of the one-year certificate program is to provide the 
student with the basic production skills necessary for institutional food 
service. Course requirements are FDNT 111, 112, 113, 114, 127, 129, 
HMEC 146 or BUAD 128; SPCH 136; MATH 099 (or waiver); B-l or B-2 
(three hours), and electives to complete a total of 32 semester hours. 
Work experience in the food service is required. 

FOODS AND NUTRITION 

FDNT 111:112. Principles of Quantity Food Service I, II 2,2 hours 

Classroom instruction in physical and chemical principles of institutional 
food preparation including the principles of sanitation and safety. (Fall, 
Spring) 

FDNT 113:114. Quantity Food Service Production Laboratory 6,6 hours 

Prerequisite or corequisite: FDNT 111:112. 

Experience in food service production operations to illustrate and apply the 



Home Economics 



102 



I 



principles presented in lectures of FDNT 111:112. Three five-hour labora- 
tory periods each week. (Fall, Spring) 

FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours 

An introduction to the basic principles of human nutrition. Includes study 
of the nutrients and the requirements for different age groups and normal 
physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and sociologi- 
cal influences, taking particular note of the counsel of Mrs. E. G. White. 
(Fall, Spring) 

FDNT 126. Foods (G-2) 2 hours 

Basic principles of food science including food composition, food selection, 
and physical and chemical principles of food preparation. Two hours of 
lecture each week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with 
FDNT 127. (Fall) 

FDNT 127. Food Preparation (G-2) 1 hour 

Principles of quality food preparation. Efforts will be made to meet the 
specific needs and interests of the group. One three-hour discussion and 
laboratory per week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with 
FDNT 126. (Fall) 

FDNT 129. Institutional Baking Techniques 3 hours 

Lecture and experience in principles of commercial institutional bakery 
production and operation, including purchasing, equipment layout, 
maintenance, and sanitation. One hour of lecture and five hours of labora- 
tory each week. (Fall) 

FDNT 219, 220. Advanced Food Service Production 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 111:112, 113:114. 

Lecture and experience in recipe development, menu planning, and man- 
agement of banquets and special functions. One hour of lecture and five 
hours laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

FDNT 239. Advanced Institutional Baking Techniques 3 hours 

Prerequisite: FDNT 129 

Lecture and laboratory experience in advanced principles and techniques of 
commercial and institutional bakery production and operation. One hour 
lecture and five hours of laboratory each week. (Spring} 

FDNT 317. Meal Management (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor. 
Experience in planning, costing, and serving meals to family-sized groups; 
problems in consumer economics and art of home food service. Two lectures 
and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring) 

FDNT 325. Demonstration Techniques 2 hours 

Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor. 
Purposes, standards, and techniques of giving demonstrations with applica- 
tion to education and business settings. There will be a fee for supplies. 
(Spring, even years) 



Home Economics 



FONT 328. Foods and Nutrition Seminar 1 hour 

Studies in a variety of current topics relating to foods and nutrition. Topics, 1 1 1 j 
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest. ***tf 
(Fall) 



HOME MANAGEMENT 

HMEC 146. Consumer Economics (F-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in consumer education from the standpoint of purchasing 
and money management as related to the home and its personal needs. 
(Spring) 

HMEC 147. Family Resource Management (F-2) 3 hours 

A study of the achievement of family goals through management of personal 
and family resources including time, money, energy, and health. This 
course is offered in alternate years. (Fall, even years) 

HMEC 148. Orientation to Home Economics 1 hour 

Orientation in the areas of Home Economics and a study of the field in terms 
of history, philosophy, and professional opportunities. (Spring, even years) 

HMEC 201. Parenting I (F-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of parent- 
infant interaction. Particular emphasis will be given to family planning, the 
childbirth experience, and care of the infant. (Fall) 

HMEC 202. Parenting II (F-2) 2 hours 

An examination of a variety of specific techniques for developing com- 
munication and working relationships between parents and children. Dis- 
cussion of common problems of young children and of methods of modify- 
ing behavior. Special emphasis will be given to discipline, communication 
skills, and understanding and relating to children's individual characteris- 
tics. (Spring) 

HMEC 244. Household Equipment (G-2) 2 hours 

Evaluation, use, and care of household appliances and equipment. (Spring, 
even years) 

HMEC 349. Interior Design (F-2) 3 hours 

A basic design course dealing with the principles of applied art in the home. 
Two class hours and three laboratory nours. (Spring) 

HMEC 354. Home Management Seminar 1 hour 

Studies in a variety of current trends relating to home management. Topics, 
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest. 
(Spring) 



Home Economics 



HMEC 415. Practicum in Home Management 2 hours 

I Il4i Prerequisites: Twenty hours in Home Economics including HMEC 147 and 

*i*~x 349 and FDNT 317j or a pp rova i f t he instructor. 

Experience in solving problems of family living. Laboratory will include 
personal management as well as working in the community. Registration 
required at the division office one semester in advance. (Spring) 

TEXTILES AND CLOTHING 

HMEC 164. Textiles (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of basic fibers and fabrics including properties, construction, selec- 
tion, uses, and care. Three one-hour lectures per week. (Fall) 

HMEC 165. Basic Clothing (G-2) 2 hours 

Basic principles of clothing construction as applied to individual garments. 
Three hours combination lecture/laboratory each week. Three hours of addi- 
tional sewing experience required each week. (Fall, Spring) 

HMEC 166. Intermediate Clothing (G-2) 2 hours 

Principles of wardrobe planning, selection, and care for the individual. 
Emphasis is given to the relationship of the art principles to clothing. Two 
lectures and two hours of additional sewing experience required each week. 

I (Spring) 

HMEC 313. Clothing and Human Behavior (F-2), (W) 2 hours 

Clothing as it relates to self-expression and to the individual's adjustment to 
the physical and social environment. The Seventh-day Adventist phi- 
losophy of dress is studied. (Spring, odd years) 

HMEC 315. Pattern Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: HMEC 165 or approval of instructor. 

Clothing design and practice in creating designs through flat pattern and 
draping techniques. Two one-hour lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
per week. (Spring, odd years) 

HMEC 316. Tailoring for Men and Women 3 hours 

Prerequisite: HMEC 165 or approval of instructor. 

Evaluation and use of various tailoring methods as applied in selection, 

fitting and construction of tailored garments. (Fall, odd years) 

HMEC 345. Upholstery and Drapery (G-2) 3 hours 

Laboratory experience in simple upholstering and professional drapery 
making. Two three-hour combined lecture and laboratory periods. There 
will be a fee for supplies. (Spring, even years) 

HMEC 485. Home Economics Seminar (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Twenty hours completed in Home Economics. 

Recent trends in Home Economics and related professional fields. Required 

of and limited to majors. (Spring, odd years) 



Library Science 

HMEC 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

To permit the advanced student majoring in Home Economics to do indi- I IIS 
vidual work in the field under the direction of a staff member. By divisional 
approval which must be obtained before the semester begins. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Home Economics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Fall) 

(F-2), (F-3), (G-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Minor: Eighteen hours. 

A school librarian K-12, Tennessee endorsement is available to cer- 
tified teachers who complete the 18 hours of Library Science provided 
by this minor. 

Teaching Endorsement: If a student meets the requirements for a first 
teaching field he may add the following endorsement by meeting the 
number of hours indicated below. 

LIBR 125 Reference 3 hours 

LIBR 226 Libraries and Librarianship 2 hours 

LIBR 314 Cataloging and Classification 3 hours 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

LIBR 333 Instructional Media 2 hours 

LIBR 416 School Library Media Center 

Administration 3 hours 

LIBR 425 Library Materials for Young 

Adults and Adults _2 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

Schedule of Course Offerings: 

84 84-85 85 85-86 86 86-87 

Summer Summer Summer 

1st 226 125 333 125 314 125 

Sem. 325 314 425 226 325 314 

333 

2nd 325 325 416 325 

Sem. 333 425 333 

416 416 



Library Science 



LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 3 hours 

1 lln Presents basic concepts, selection and use of general and specialized refer- 

ence material for all levels of school libraries. Useful for the general student 
who desires to know how better to use the library. Required for all student 
assistants working in McKee Library. (Fall) 

LIBR 226. Libraries and Librarianship 2 hours 

Introduces the aspects of the library profession and the areas of service of 
various types of libraries. Develops the career possibilities of librarianship. 
(Fall) 

LIBR 314. Cataloging and Classification 3 hours 

Prerequisite: LIBR 125, 226. 

Examines the basic concepts and strategies for instituting and operating the 
cataloging area of the school library or media center. Involves the student in 
the basic methods of cataloging, classification, and other technical proce- 
dures integral to the retrieval of information. (Fall) 

LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related 

(materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and 
reading that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through 
critical evaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use of 
books and materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers. 
(Spring) 

LIBR 333. Instructional Media 2 hours 

A laboratory course in the selection, operation, and use of audio-visual 
equipment and materials. Preparation of transparencies, flat pictures, 
graphics, and audio materials will be required. One hour lecture and three 
hours laboratory per week. (Spring) 

LIBR 416. School Library Media Center Administration 3 hours 

Prerequisites: LIBR 125, 226, 314. 

Presents the basic concepts and organizational procedures for the adminis- 
trative personnel of the school library or media center so that this resource 
will become involved with the total program of the school. (Spring) 

LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours 

Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 9-12. 
Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and specific 
needs of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and skills. 
Develops an appreciation for books and reading that can enthusiastically 
involve both young adults and adults. (Spring) 

(G-2) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Library Science 
107 




«:a 



-r«i 



!i. 




DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 

Chairman: Robert Kamieneski 
Philip Garver, Ted Evans, Steve Jaecks 

The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose to 
Ptoquaint students with principles of healthful living, to help each stu- 
dent develop physical efficiency through participation in supervised 
activity, to develop wholesome recreational habits by helping the stu- 
dent acquire interest, knowledge, and skills in several recreational ac- 
tivities, and to contribute to preparation for a career in health, physical 
iducation, and recreation. 






BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION 
AND RECREATION 

Major: Thirty hours including HLED 314, 315; PETH 121, 122, 221, 
222, 265, 266, 363, 364; and excluding HLED 203. Required cognates: 
BIOL 105, 106. 

No general education activity courses, except PEAC 255, Water Safety 
Instructor, may apply on the major. Competency required in PEAC 143, 
beginning Tumbling and PEAC 254, Li/esaving. 

Skill deficiencies in each PETH 121 , 122, 221, or 222 activity unit will 
be indicated by grade of C - or less. Deficiencies for these units must be 
met by taking for no credit the corresponding general education activity 
course. 

Intramural participation is recommended. 

Majors training for teaching positions must meet the NC ATE certifica- 
tion requirements set forth by the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HEALTH SCIENCE 

Major: Forty-five hours including HLED 314, 315, 373, 470, 473; PETH 
374, 495; PEAC 125; CHEM 151:152; MATH 215; BIOL 105, 106, 125; 
FDNT 125. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 
364. 

109 



Health, Physical Education and 
Recreation 

Teaching Endorsement, Grades 1-12: 

[ J (J HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 

HLED 373 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

HLED 314 Kinesiology 4 hours 

HLED 315 Physiology of Exercise 4 hours 

PETH 364 Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation . . 3 hours 
PETH 463 Physical Education in the 

Elementary School 2 hours 

PETH 265, 266 Officiating Sports Analysis 4 hours 

PETH 121, 122; 

221, 222 Professional Skills courses _8 hours 

TOTAL 29 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 



GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES 

PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of skills necessary for enjoyable and successful play. (Spring, 
Fall) 

PEAC 124. Basketball (G-3) 1 hour 

Team activity skills developed that may be used in the individual's leisure 
time. (Fall) 

PEAC 125. Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour 

The learning of basic training and aerobic principles followed by a personal 
long-range conditioning program. May be repeated for credit. 

PEAC 126. Softball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of skills necessary for enjoyable and successful play. (Fall) 

PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour 

Strokes, rules, and playing situations included with physical conditioning 
for badminton. (Spring) 

PEAC 133. Racketball (G-3) 1 hour 

Activities with emphasis on recreational carry-over values. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

Basic tennis skills including the strokes, rallying, and volleying. (Fall) 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

A basic course for the beginning golfer; includes use of all clubs and course 
play. (Fall) 

PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour 

Emphasizing various types of cycling, repairs, and safety factors. Students 
are to provide their own bicycles. (Spring) 

PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

Play on a variety of courses for the bogie golfer. (Spring) 

PEAC 139. Intermediate Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

For the advanced player with emphasis on playing strategy, doubles, and 
mixed doubles. (Fall) 

PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour 

Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour 

Basic skills emphasized on trampoline, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance 
beam. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour 

Leads to basic certification by N. A.S.D.S. or N.A.U.L Lab fees in addition to 
tuition. Lab fee required. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Both beginning and intermediate swimming, and aquatic safety skills will 
be included. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (G-3) 1,1 hour 

Admission will be based on satisfactory performance of try-out require- 
ments for team membership. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 253. Intermediate Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Review of swimming strokes, diving, and conditioning. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 254. Lifesaving (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Advanced Life Saving certification. (Spring) 

PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Spring) 

PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour 

Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic 
heading. Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow 



in 



Health, Physical Education and 
Recreation 



112 



skiing, rock climbing, spelunking, aerobics, and sailplaning. This course 
may be repeated with the varying subject matter. Lab fees in addition to 
tuition are usually charged, by approximately $50-$75. 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

HLED 173. Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful 
living and Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing 
students. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HLED 203. Safety Education (F-3) 2 hours 

The nature and causes of accidents, safety measures for the prevention of 
common accidents of the home, school, industry, transportation, and recrea- 
tion. The standard and advanced Red Cross Certificates will be issued to 
those completing the required work in first aid. (Fall) 

HLED 314. Kinesiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 105, 106 or equivalent. 

A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing movement, 

including adaptive activities for the handicapped person. (Fall) 

HLED 315. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 105, 106 or equivalent. 

Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, massed gym- 
nastics, and physical conditioning. Significance of these effects for health 
and for skilled performance. (Spring) 

HLED 373. Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 314. 

The study of treatment and prevention of athletic injuries. (Spring, even 

years) 

HLED 470. Health Ministry 2 hours 

This course emphasizes lifting the Great Healer through health ministry. 
Principles found in the Bible and Spirit of Prophecy are used as the basis for 
optimum health habits. Learning of health for an evangelistic tool and for 
optimal personal health are the two-fold objectives for the course. (Spring) 

HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470. 

A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with 
emphasis on the development and organization of the school health instruc- 
tion program. (Spring, odd years) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY 

PETH 121, 122. Professional Skills, Team Activities 2,2 hours 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



techniques for softball, football, volleyball, basketball, hockey, and soccer. 
For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

PETH 221, 222. Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2,2 hours 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching 
techniques for golf, tennis, badminton, gymnastics, conditioning, recrea- 
tional activities, track and field. Taught in alternate years for HPER majors 
and minors only. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 2 hours 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience 
for those interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor 
living and activities. (Spring, Summer) 

PETH 262. Wilderness Survival 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PETH 261 or equivalent. 

A course designed to acquaint students with a basic knowledge of survival 
techniques and skills. A four- or five-day survival experience will be in- 
cluded. Offered alternate summers only. (Summer, odd years) 

PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours 

An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization 
of officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements and 

Research of Physical Education 3 hours 

A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statisti- 
cal procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. 
(Spring) 

PETH 364. Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours 

An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physi- 
cal Education and Recreation. (Fall) 

PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours 

The course based on physical anthropometrics and the neurological de- 
velopment of the child, adolescent related to his motor behavior. Taught in 
alternate years. (Spring) 

PETH 463. Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 hours 

This course is designed primarily for elementary teachers, physical educa- 
tion majors and minors. Methods and materials, graded activities in games 
and relays, singing games and rhythmic activities, self-testing and rhythmic 
activities, and safety measures. Observation and teaching of elementary 
school children will be scheduled. (Spring, Summer) 

PETH 490. Senior Seminar (W) 2 hours 

An exploration of philosophical and historical contributions to the field. 
Discussion of current topics, issues and research pertinent to the field and 



113 



Health, Physical Education and 
Recreation 



114 



the interests of the students. Research and/or writing required as a portion of 
the class. (Fall) 

PETH 295, 495. Directed Studies (W) 1-3 hours 

An introduction to research and discussion on problem areas in the disci- 
pline. Limited to Physical Education majors. Writing emphasis credit for 
PETH 495 only. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Health and 

Physical Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. The first half of the first semester during the senior year. (Fall) 

(F-3), (G-3), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



DIVISION OF 
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Chairman: Wayne Janzen 
John Durichek, Francis Hummer, David Turner 

Industrial Education at Southern College provides learning experi- 
ences for those who may wish a teaching career, a trade in the construc- 
tion or service industries, consumer education or avocational skills. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Major: Forty-eight hours including (a) INDS 145, 149, 154, 174, 184, 
265, 274, 275, 314, 324, 325; ART 104; seven hours of electives, and (b) 
the courses listed below for an Industrial or Secondary Teaching em- 
phasis. Cognate requirements are CHEM 111, MATH 104, and PHYS 
107. 

Secondary Teaching Emphasis — INDS 415 and 485, plus the 24 
semester hours of professional education subjects required to meet the 
NCATE-approved program for certification. 

Industrial Emphasis — INDS 176. This program prepares students 
for employment in fabricating and manufacturing industries and 
plant and institutional maintenance. The student will be proficient in 
several areas upon completion of the program. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including six hours upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement: 

Teaching endorsements are granted by the state to those who complete 
additional courses beyond the following classes: INDS 149, 325, 274, 
145, 174, 154, 265 and ART 104. 

Drafting 

Drafting endorsement requires 2 hours Woods, Metals, or Industrial 
Crafts elective. 

Industrial Arts 

Industrial Arts endorsement requires 4 hours Woods, Metals, or In- 
dustrial Crafts elective. 

Metals 

Metals endorsement satisfied by INDS 314 which is required. 

115 



industrial Education 



116 



I 



I 




Industrial Education 



Power Mechanics 

Power Mechanics endorsement requires 4 hours Woods, Metals, or J J J 
Industrial Crafts elective. 

Woods and Construction 

Woods and Construction endorsement requires 2 hours Woods elec- 
tive plus 2 hours Woods, Metals, or Industrial Crafts elective. 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY 

This two-year curriculum is designed for those who would like a 
broad background in materials and processes of industry with an em- 
phasis towards plant and institutional maintenance. The requirements 
are as follows: INDS 154, 174, 175, 176, 184, 265, 274 275, 278, 314. 
Cognates: Six hours to be chosen from PHYS 107, MATH 104, and CHEM 
111. 

ASSOCIATE OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE IN CONSTRUCTION 

The emphasis of this program will be in residential construction. 
Extensive on-the-job training will include framing, carpentry, finish 
carpentry, painting, masonry, plumbing, and house wiring. Each stu- 
dent must have a math ACT score of at least 12 or take MATH 100. 

Major: Thirty-nine hours including CNST 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 
126, 128, INDS 135, 177, 184, 185, 325. Cognates required: ACCT 103, six 
hours of Religion electives, and ENGL 101. 

Construction Technology students are supplied with commercially 
laundered uniforms. The student will be charged half the cost incurred. 
Each student is also expected to purchase his own hand tools. Estimated 
cost for carpentry classes — $125. 

CONSTRUCTION 

CNST 121. Home Building Technology I 3 hours 

CNST 122. Home Building Technology II 3 hours 

These two courses emphasize methods and techniques of homebuilding, 
foundation layout, framing, and roofing. Two periods lecture and twelve 
periods laboratory each week. (Fall) 

CNST 123. Home Building Technology III 3 hours 

CNST 124. Home Building Technology IV 3 hours 

Students will complete the house begun the previous semester. Emphasis 



Industrial Education 



on interior finish including the installation of doors, window trim and 
cabinets. Two periods lecture and twelve periods laboratory work each 
week. (Spring) 

CNST 125. Home Building Technology V 6 hours 

This course builds on the skills and techniques learned during the first year. 
Students will be exposed to advanced roofing systems, techniques of build- 
ing layout, and the use of automated equipment. Two periods lecture and 
twelve periods laboratory each week. (Fall) 

CNST 126. Home Building Technology VI 6 hours 

This course is designed to further develop and refine the students' finish 
carpentry skills. There will be an increased emphasis on the use of power 
equipment. Two periods lecture and twelve periods laboratory each week. 
(Spring) 

CNST 128. Construction Estimating and Management 3 hours 

This course will emphasize proper estimating and management procedures 
as they apply to residential construction. Three periods lecture each week. 
(Spring) 

DIPLOMA PROGRAMS 
Auto Body — Repair and Refinishing 

The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing, 
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical 
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient 
skill and experience to obtain employment in the trade. 

Inasmuch as tradespeople provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use 
during the course. The department will assist the student in the pur- 
chase of these tools which will cost approximately $200. 

The requirements are as follows: INDS 110, 112, 114, 116, 118, 120, 
265; BUAD 128; B-l or B-2, three hours. 

Trade Competency 

The Trade Competency diploma requires a basic core of industrial 
education courses plus an emphasis in Electrical Wiring, Plumbing, or 
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Basic core course requirements are 
as follows: INDS 178, 278; BUAD 128 or 353, three hours of Area B-l or 
B-2, and electives to make a total of 32 semester hours. 
Electrical Wiring Emphasis 
INDS 177, 274, 325. 
Plumbing Emphasis 

INDS 176, 185, 295 and INDS 278 or 325. 
Re/rigeration/Air Conditioning Emphasis 
INDS 175, 177, 274. 



Industrial Education 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 



INDS 110. Panel and Spot Repair 4 hours 

Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to 
straighten small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block ready 
for painting. (Fall) 

INDS 112. Painting and Refinishing 4 hours 

An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will 
progress to doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase his 
own respirator and spray gun. Costs average $125. (Fall) 

INDS 114. Oxy- Acetylene Welding 1 hour 

Cas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop 
welding jobs. Personal goggles required. (Fall) 

INDS 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours 

Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs. 
Body alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair 
are involved. (Fall) 

INDS 118. Collision Repair II 4 hours 

Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body align- 
ment, frame straightening, glass work, fiber glass repair, and body section 
replacement. There is no lecture component to this class, but rather is 
composed of four 3 period labs per week. (Spring) 

INDS 120. Collision Repair III 5 hours 

A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an 
individual basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies 
purchasing, shop management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring) 

INDS 135. Masonry 3 hours 

A fundamental course in concrete block and brick laying, footings, and 
foundations for residences. One period lecture and six periods laboratory 
each week. Masonry tools cost approximately $65. (Fall) 

INDS 145. Introduction to Graphic Arts (G-2) 4 hours 

Basic instruction in screen printing, letter press and auxiliary operations. 
Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera 
techniques, platemaking, and press work. A supplies fee will be charged for 
projects printed in class. This cost averages $50. 

INDS 149. Technical Drawing (G-2) 3 hours 

A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments and 
the principles of orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, 
pictorial representation, and dimensioned working drawings. Six periods 
laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Instruments 
cost approximately $40 (also used for INDS 325). (Spring) 



119 



Industrial Education 



INDS 154. Woodworking (G-2) 4 hours 

I JJII A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture 

construction. Two periods lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A 
supplies fee will be charged for the cost of the materials used in project 
construction. Generally, the costs have exceeded $100 or $200 it large 
furniture items were constructed. (Fall, Spring) 

INDS 155. Creative Crafts (G-2) 2 hours 

Exploring the technology of industry by forming and fabricating objects of 
plastics, metals, and woods. One period lecture and three periods laboratory 
each week. Open to all students. Project costs run between $15-$30. (Fall, 
Spring) 

INDS 174. General Metals (G-2) 4 hours 

Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of the metal work- 
ing industry. Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, heat 
treatment, sheet metal, welding, plus hand- and power-operated metal- 
cutting equipment. Two periods lecture and six periods laboratory each 
week. Project expenses average $100. Each student must purchase his own 
safety glasses, welding gloves and goggles. (Fall) 

INDS 175. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (G-2) 3 hours 

Fundamental principles of refrigeration and air conditioning. Emphasis 
will be placed on troubleshooting and servicing of both domestic and 
commercial units. One period lecture and six periods laboratory each week. 
Optional tool expense of $25 to $30. (Spring) 

INDS 176. Electric and Oxy- Acetylene Welding (G-2) 3 hours 

A very practical course in arc and acetylene welding, teaching the student to 
weld skillfully in all positions: flat, vertical, and overhead. In addition, the 
student will learn to use the Tig and Mig industrial welders. One period 

I lecture and six periods laboratory each week. Safety glasses and gloves cost 

approximately $25. (Fall, Spring) 

INDS 177. House Wiring (G-2) 3 hours 

Instruction in the National Electric Code, basic electrical principles, com- 
plete instruction and practice in residential wiring, including electric heat- 
ing. Some industrial wiring techniques will also oe included. One period 
lecture, six periods laboratory each week. Tools cost approximately $60. 
(Spring) 

INDS 178. Trade Competency Practicum 8 hours 

Each student will be assigned to an area of business which will provide the 
on-the-job training experience for the specified field. Time requirements 
will typically be met with 20 clock hours per week on-the-job experience for 
the duration of the semester. 

INDS 184. Industrial Safety Education 1 hour 

This course covers the major areas of industrial safety. It is not a study of 
safety rules, rather an overview of the social, physiological and philosophi- 
cal approach toward safety in industry. (Fall) 



I 



Industrial Education 



INDS 185. Plumbing (G-2) 2 hours - q - 

Instruction in code requirements, procedures in residential plumbing, \J* J[ 
waste, maintenance, proper methods of sewage disposal using soil pipe and 
plastic; water lines, using copper and galvanized pipe. One period lecture 
and three periods laboratory each week. Total cost approximately $20, 
(Spring) 

INDS 219. Offset and Quick Print Operation 2 hours 

This course is designed to prepare the student to work in a quick print 
business operation by operating equipment typical of large corporation 
in-house printing systems. 

INDS 255. Woodturning (G-2) 2 hours 

Center and faceplate turning experiences. Two periods lecture each week 
for the first four weeks. Three periods laboratory for each semester hour 
credit. A supplies fee will be charged. (Fall) 

INDS 264. Car Care (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in matters 
of car care and operation. Does not apply toward a major or minor. One 
period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. This course replaces 
the former course "Auto Survey for Women." (Fall) 

INDS 265. Automotive Fundamentals (G-2) 4 hours 

A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main 
emphasis is given to power plant and drive train design, operation, and 
service. Two periods lecture and six periods laboratory eacn week. Each 
student is expected to supply his own basic hand tools and coveralls. Tools 
may be rented or purchased from the department. (Minimum tool set costs 
approximately $150.) All lab learning experiences are on actual cars either 
from the community or personal vehicle. (Fall, Spring) 

INDS 274. Electricity/Electronics (G-2) 4 hours 

A basic course in the principles of electricity and electronic circuitry — D.C 
and A.C., with emphasis on resistors, capacitors, diodes, transistors, vac- 
uum tubes, amplifiers, and oscillators. Two periods lecture and six periods 
laboratory each week. Variable project expense involved. (Fall) 

INDS 275. Machine and Tool Maintenance 2 hours 

A study of the principles and methods of machine repair and preventative 
maintenance of equipment found in an industrial shop. The time will be 
divided between metalworking and woodworking equipment. One period 
lecture and three periods laboratory each week. Taught in alternate years. 
(Fall) 

INDS 278. Plant Maintenance 6 hours 

This course will include two periods of lecture per week dealing with such 
areas as: plumbing, carpentry, electrical wiring and heating systems, etc. 
Laboratory experience will entail working with a tradesman in each of the 
above areas. Twelve periods of laboratory per week. (Spring) 



I Industrial Education 



122 



I 



INDS 314. Machine Shop 4 hours 

Prerequisite: INDS 174 or permission of instructor. 
A course designed to provide in-depth experiences in the use of metal 
machinery and fabrication equipment. Provision is made for extensive per- 
sonal or large group produced projects. Two periods lecture, six periods 
laboratory each week. A IV2 ton floor jack will be built as the beginning 
project which costs approximately $100. Other project expenses are vari- 
able. 

INDS 315. Offset Lithography 3 hours 

An advanced study of graphic communications which will give the student 
actual operating experience with process cameras, darkroom techniques, 
stripping, plate makine, contacting, and a variety of offset press equipment. 
One period lecture andsix periods laboratory each week. A supplies fee will 
be charged. Taught in alternate years. (Spring) 

INDS 317. Engine Rebuilding 2 hours 

Prerequisite: INDS 265 or equivalent. 

This course is designed to provide experience in internal combustion en- 
gine overhaul. Each student will individually remove from car, overhaul, 
and re-install one engine. Six periods of laboratory including indi- 
vidualized instruction. Taught in alternate years. (Fall) 

INDS 318. Automotive Tune-up 3 hours 

Prerequisite: INDS 265. 

Automotive troubleshooting and tune-up. Course emphasis directed to- 
wards the automobile electrical and fuel system. One period lecture and six 
periods laboratory each week. (Spring) 

INDS 323. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the principles 
and techniques used in repair of damaged body panels. Preference will be 
given for class admission to those who nave experience in doing automatic 
work and who have gas welding skills. Each student will need his own basic 
hand tools which cost approximately $100. One period lecture and six 
periods laboratory per week. (Spring) 

INDS 324. Manufacturing Processes (W) 3 hours 

A study of manufacturing processes and management. Students will simu- 
late line production, visit area manufacturers, and do individual research 
projects. (Fall) 

INDS 325. Architectural Drafting (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of architectural details and methods of construction relative to 
frame and masonry veneer residential dwellings. Emphasis is placed on 
residential planning and design principles. Each student will design and 
draw all details necessary in the construction of a home. Eight periods 
laboratory each week. Lectures as announced by the instructor. Instruments 
cost approximately $50 (also used for INDS 149). (Fall) 



Industrial Education 

123 



INDS 354. Furniture Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: INDS 154. 

Emphasis will be placed on construction of a piece of furniture of the 

student's choice. Two periods lecture and six periods laboratory each week. 

Students must underwrite the costs of materials. Taught in alternate years. 

(Spring) 



INDS 415. Laboratory Operation and Supervision 2 hours 

A course designed for students planning to be instructors. It will provide 
experiences such as tool maintenance, materials purchasing, project evalua- 
tion, and student assistance. This course must be preceded by completion of 
basic courses in each content area, such as drafting, graphic arts, woods, 
metals, and mechanics. Each student, in counsel with the instructor, will 
decide in which of three areas he will divide his time. One period lecture, 
three periods laboratory each week. Taught in alternate years. (Spring) 

INDS 485. Seminar 1 hour 

A discussion of problems related to the industrial education teaching pro- 
fession. One period discussion each week. Open only to Industrial Arts 
majors. (Spring) 

INDS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The study of a specific problem in the field of Industrial Education. A 
written report of the problem may be required by the supervising instructor. 
Open only to Industrial Education majors and minors. Offered -on demand. 
(Fall, Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Industrial Arts 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first semester 
during the senior year. (Fall) 

(G-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Computer Science 



124 



I 




DIVISION OF 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Chairman: Robert Moore 

Computer Science Mathematics Physics 

John Beckett Lawrence Hanson Ray Hefferlin 

Lawrence Hanson Merritt MacLafferty Henry Kuhlman 

Tim Korson Robert Moore 

Merritt MacLafferty Art Richert 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Computer Science deals with the control programs that govern the 
behavior of modern digital computers. In modern society, it is rare that a 
day passes without the average person interacting, in some way, with 
computers. From the tiny microcomputers that govern the fuel con- 
sumption of automobiles to the huge machines that process the millions 
of transactions in the marketplace, the computer has become an insepar- 
able part of modern life. However, with the burgeoning use of computers 
comes the alarming fact that there will be a shortage of computer pro- 
grammers that will write the programs to control them. On the average, 
for every computer programmer, there are three jobs that must remain 
vacant for lack of programmers. This situation will continue for the next 
ten years. 

The Computer Science staff at SC is committed to the training of 
competent computer programmers that are able to tackle the large pro- 
gramming tasks that confront science and business. This training in- 
volves three aspects: 1) teaching the student the necessary programming 
languages that are being currently used in the profession, 2) teaching the 
student the most up-to-date design methodologies, including Struc- 
tured Programming and Top-down design, and 3) providing pro- 
gramming experience in class similar to what will be encountered in the 
field. 

CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT 
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

1. Users must use only those computer accounts which have been 
authorized for their use. 

125 



Computer Science 

2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for 
I 2fi which they were authorized, as arranged with the Computer Serv- 

ice Department. 

3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work of 
other users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn efficient 
means of utilizing the computer. 

4. Users must not attempt to subvert the restrictions associated with 
their computer accounts. 

5. Users must not attempt to access information concerning the data 
or jobs of other users except as provided by techniques arranged for 
that purpose by the Computer Service Department. 

6. Student users shall not exceed default parameters for priority fac- 
tors except in cases where published policy provides for differ- 
ences. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Major: Forty hours consisting of CPTR 127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 
318, 319, 323, 409 or 410, 480 and nine hours of computer electives, 
three of which must be upper division. Cognates required: MATH 114, 
215 orBUAD313, 334. 

Those electing a B.S. in computer science will recognize that they 
need an area of application and should thus plan substantial course work 
in another area, e.g., business, psychology, mathematics, or physics. To 
be well prepared for an immediate job, a double major should be consid- 
ered. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Major: Thirty hours consisting of CPTR 127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 
318, 319, 323, 480 and two hours of upper division computer electives. 
Cognates required: MATH 114, 215 or BUAD 313, 334. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including: CPTR 131, 132, 318. Of the remain- 
ing nine elective hours, three must be upper division. 

The minor is an excellent background for those whose profession is 
outside of data processing, but who will have to use the computer in 
their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor is also appro- 
priate for any student who simply has an interest in computers. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Major: Twenty-four hours in computer science consisting of: CPTR 
127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 318, 319. Cognates required: ACCT 121, 
122, 321; BUAD 334. 

Students planning to do graduate work in computer science or desir- 



Computer Science 

ing a more technical program should consult a computer $cience teacher 

as early as possible. 127 

CPTR 105. Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating 
form letters, and using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. This 
course does not apply on a major and may not be taken for credit if credit has 
been received for CPTR 127. (Spring) 

CPTR 106. Financial Applications (G-2) 1 hour 

The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial 
planning and management. This course does not apply on a rnajor and may 
not be taken for credit if credit has been received for CPTR 127. (Spring) 

CPTR 107. Data Base Applications (G-2) 1 hour 

A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information 
retrieval, report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information. 
This course does not apply on a major and may not he taken for credit if 
credit has been received for CPTR 127. (Spring) 

CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2) 3 hours 

An overview of computer information systems. This survey course intro- 
duces computer hardware, software, procedures, systems, and human re- 
sources ana explores their integration and application in business and other 
segments of society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving and 
programming in a higher-level programming language are discussed and 
applied. This course does not apply on a major in Computer Science. (Fall, 
Spring) 

CPTR 125. BASIC Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

An introduction to the BASIC programming language. The student will be 
introduced to proper techniques ofprogram design, coding, documentation 
and testing of the computer. No prior knowledge of data processing or 
computer programming is required. This course does not apply on a major. 
(Fall, Spring) 

CPTR 127. Micro Tools (G-2) 3 hours 

A hands-on course designed for those who anticipate using a micro in their 
place of employment. Software packages in database management, spread- 
sheet analysis, and word processing will be covered as well as basic 
hardware concepts and common terminology. No student may receive cred- 
it for CPTR 105, 106, or 107 if he has credit for CPTR 127. (Fall) 

CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours 

Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging, 
modularity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced via Pas- 
cal. (Fall, Spring) 

CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131; Pre- or corequisite: SECR 105 or typing speed of 35 
wpm. 



Computer Science 



An introduction to software technology for the development of reliable, 
1 2ft modifiable programs. (Spring) 

CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 132. 

Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems 

using the COBOL Language. (Fall) 

CPTR 218. FORTRAN Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

Syntax and semantics of arithmetic expressions and statements! Precedence 
hierarchy of arithmetic operations and relational operators. Global proper- 
ties of algorithmic languages including scope declarations, storage alloca- 
tion, grouping of statements, and subroutines. This course does not apply on 
a major. (Fall) 

CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing 
techniques, and digital representation of data, Computer systems organiza- 
tion, symbolic coding and assembly systems and program segmentation and 
linkage. Systems andutility programs, programming techniques, and recent 
developments in computing. Several computer projects to illustrate basic 
machine structure and programming techniques. (Spring) 

CPTR 250. RPG II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Editing data, control breaks, computation, files, records, comparing records, 
matching records, exception reports, array and table processing, and se- 
quential and indexed sequential file processing in RPG II. (Fall) 

CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 217. 

Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random 
access files and processing techniques. Development of programs and sys- 
tems of programs for batch and interactive environments using COBOL. 
I (Spring) 

■ CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132, MATH 114. 

Stacks, recursions, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sorting and searching. (Fall) 

CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217, 

Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design, 

implementation, and management issues. (Spring) 

CPTR 323. Structured Systems Analysis and Design 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 319. 

System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of 



Computer Science 



both classical and structured tools/techniques for describing process flows, 
data flows, file designs, input and output. Logical design of processes and 
databases. Structured techniques for dealing with complexity in the de- 
velopment of computer basea information systems. Issues in implementa- 
tion, testing, project management. (Spring) 

CPTR 360. Computer Hardware and System Software Concepts 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets 
and data representation, program translation concepts, operating system 
concepts, secondary storage concepts, multi-processor systems, micropro- 
gramming, and array processors. (Fall) 

CPTR 370. Introduction to IBM Software 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 319. 

An introduction to some of the software tools available in the IBM environ- 
ment. (Spring) 

CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 217, 219, 

Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and 
their run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to a 
variety of languages. (Spring) 

CPTR 409. Software Development Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 323, 370 or permission of instructor. 
A minimum of 120 hours of programming experience. The Computer Sci- 
ence Department may prearrange some practicums with commercial data 
processing departments. These positions must be applied for six weeks 
prior to registration. Students, however, are encouraged to be responsible 
for setting up their own practicums. This must he done within the 
guidelines of the department (see instructor), and arrangements should be 
completed six weeks prior to the start of the practicum. (Summer) 

CPTR 410. Applied Software Development Project 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 323. 

Students will be involved in a semester-long programming project starting 
with information requirements analysis and ending with testing and instal- 
lation. (Fall) 

CPTR 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and 
research journals. (Fall) 

CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and division head. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer 

science students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 

(G-2) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



Mathematics 



MATHEMATICS 



Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical think- 
ing have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well- 
educated people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the invention 
of a place-value numeration system, the invention of the calculus, and 
more recently the development of statistical inference, to name just a 
few, are mathematical contributions to civilization which have signifi- 
cantly affected the philosophies, commerce, science, and technology of 
mankind. 

The Mathematical Sciences Division seeks to transmit this mathemat- 
ical heritage to the students of Southern College by (1} introducing 
students to mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, 
logical thinking required to successfully apply them to a variety of 
problem-solving experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal educa- 
tion of professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of mathe- 
matics, and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of mathematics. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS 

Major: Forty hours including MATH 317, 318, 319, 411, 412, and 480. 
Cognate requirements are CPTR 218; PHYS 211:212, 213:214. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS 

Major: Thirty hours including MATH 318, 319, 411, 412 and 480. 
CPTR 218 is a cognate requirement. For those with two majors or secon- 
dary certification the prescribed upper division course requirements are 
MATH 318 and 411. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including MATH 115 and six hours of upper 
division courses. 

Teaching Endorsement: In addition to meeting the requirements for a 
first teaching field, the student may add the following endorsement by 
meeting the number of hours indicated below: 

MATH 114 Elementary Functions and Relations . 4 hours 

MATH 115 Calculus I 4 hours 

Math elective credit including 

six hours numbered 300 or above . . 10 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 



Mathematics 



MATH 099. Basic Mathematics (A-2) Non-Credit 

This course concentrates on the skills of arithmetic and beginning algebra 1 < 1 
and their application to everyday life situations. (Fall, Spring, Summer) ** 

MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption. 

Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numera- 
tion systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, met- 
ric system, consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major or 
minor in mathematics. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 104. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption. 

Number systems and their properties, exponents and radicals, equations 
and inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equa- 
tions, logarithms. This course does not apply on a major or minor in 
mathematics. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 114. Elementary Functions and Relations (A-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or two years of high school algebra. 

The real and complex number systems; the elementary functions and their 

graphs, including polynomial and rational functions, exponential and 

logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and their inverses; analvtic 

geometry. Only two hours apply toward a major in mathematics. (Fall, 

Spring) 

MATH 115. Calculus I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114 or four years of high school mathematics which 
include at least one semester of trigonometry and some analytic geometry. 
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions including 
limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications 
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem of calculus, 
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral. (Fall, 
Spring) 

MATH 215. Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or an ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or 
above. 

Elementary probability; organization and analysis of data; the binomial, 
normal, student's t, and chi-square distributions; sampling; hypothesis test- 
ing; nonparametric statistics; regression and correlation; analysis of var- 
iance. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 115. 

An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of 

logic and sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. 

(Spring) 



Mathematics 



- rtrt MATH 217. Calculus II 3 hours 

\oZ Prerequisite: MATH 115. 

Precise definitions of limits, further topics in differential calculus, estimat- 
ing definite integrals, polar coordinates, parametric equations, sequences, 
infinite series, Taylor series, functions of two variables, partial derivatives, 
directional derivatives. (Fall) 

MATH 218. Calculus III 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 217. 

Algebraic operations or vectors, multiple integrals, vector calculus includ- 
ing Green's theorem, Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. 
(Spring) 

MATH 314. Applied Finite Mathematics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans- 
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. 
Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program 
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring) 

MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 217. 

Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equa- 
tions, power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the 
Laplace transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences. 

(Spring) 

MATH 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bes- 

sel functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, 

including mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the 

Cauchy-Goursat theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent 

I series, the theory of residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even 

years) 

MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 115, 216, 

Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of 
linear equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigen- 
values and eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years) 



Physics 



MATH 405. Numerical Analysis 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 218, 315, and a knowledge of Fortran. 
Interpolation and approximation, numerical differentiation and integra- 
tion, numerical methods of solving algebraic and differential equations, 
error analysis. (Spring, even years) 

MATH 411, 412. Advanced Calculus 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity, 
uniform continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the 
derivative and integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequences 
and series of functions, the Lebesque integral, Fourier series. (Fall, odd 
years, and Spring, even years) 

MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 115, 216. 

Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geometry, 
finite geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, 
geometric transformations, the geometry of inversion, projective geometry. 
(Fall, odd years) 

MATH 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and 
research journals. 

MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by division faculty. 

Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation 

with an instructor. (On demand) 

(A-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

PHYSICS 

Physics bridges the gap between mathematics and logic on one hand, 
where absolute certainty can be obtained about abstract ideas, and most 
of human thinking on the other hand, where only tenuous knowledge 
exists about the solutions to very real and pressing problems. Physics 
attempts to obtain progressively more precise solutions to clearly de- 
fined problems more and more representative of the real world. This 
attempt includes modeling, simulation, and control using numerical, 
analytical, analog, and experimental methods. It not only presents the 
possibility of a challenging career but also contributes heavily to the 
life-experience of non-technical people. 

The staff is concerned with the preparation of technically-minded 
students for challenging careers in pure Physics or in Physics applied to 
other fields. It also attempts to demonstrate to non-technical students the 
value of using Physics in their areas of interest. It is committed to 



Physics 

exploring with all students the areas where Physics touches on religious 
I %flL an( * et kical va l ues - Throughout, it makes extensive use of the excellent 
1 J** digital computer facilities at SC. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHYSICS 

Major: Thirty hours including PHYS 213:214, 310, 317, 318, 480, and 
CPTR 125 or 130. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PHYSICS 

Major: Forty hours including CPTR 125 or 130, and PHYS 480. 

Minor: Eighteen hours, including six hours upper division. CPTR 130 
may be included. 

Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the first 
teaching field. He may add the following endorsements by meeting the 
number of hours indicated below. 

Physics 

PHYS 211:212 General Physics 6 hours 

Physics electives 8 hours 

PHYS 213:214 General Physics Laboratory _2 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 
General Science 

BIOL 155, 156 Foundations of Biology 8 hours 

Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

IPHYS 107. Introduction to Physics (E-3) 3 hours 

A general education course stressing the methods of physics, the applica- 
tion of physics and laboratory work which can be dpne with simple mate- 
rials. Laboratories include the use of calculators and the computer to do 
arithmetic, the estimation of numerical quantities and errors, and the con- 
struction of apparatus with which to make observations. Does not apply on 
major or minor in physics. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory each 
week. (Spring) 

PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: 

Creation vs. Evolution (E-3) 3 hours 

Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date 
line and calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances, 
energy processes in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity 



(?) and expansion (?) of the universe. Cosmology, the formation and sub- 
sequent histories of the solar system and the earth, radioactive and radiocar- 
bon age dating. Life on other worlds. Astronomy and the Bible. This course, 
dealing as it does with the physical aspects of the history of the earth and 
universe, complements BIOL 325, which deals with the biological aspects. 
Three hours lecture each week, with the occasional substitution of an 
observation period. (Spring) 

PHYS 211:212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light, 
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic 
science requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a 
laboratory science if taken with PHYS 213:214. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 213:214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211:212. 
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to 
familiarize the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a 
systematic development of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall, 
Spring) 

PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PHYS 211:212; MATH 115. 

Continuation and conclusion of PHYS 211:212. Relativity, atomic structure, 
nuclear properties and radiations, and wave mechanical calculations in one 
dimension, and other areas of 20th century physics. Three hours lecture 
each week. Research experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall) 

PHYS 311, 312. Extra Hour of General Physics 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: Concurrent or previous enrollment in PHYS 211:212; and 
MATH 115. 

One class period per week on advanced problems and derivations based 
upon General Physics. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211:212; MATH 115. 

Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed 
from the standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Spring) 

PHYS 314. Thermodynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211:212; MATH 115. 

A systematic introduction to thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and statisti- 
cal mechanics of solids, liquids, and gases. 

PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester 

of college physics or chemistry. 

The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because 



Physics 
135 



Physics 



136 



they conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, or 
both. Non-logical factors in the acceptance of scientific statements as au- 
thoritative. (Spring, odd-numbered years) 

PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (E-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester 
of college physics or chemistry. 

The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of 
design to comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday 
world and on the subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with 
the unknown (by determinists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving 
problems mathematically), or with God's continual upholding of natural 
process. (Spring, even-numbered years) 

PHYS 410. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310, MATH 315. 

The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked 
using the techniques of differential equations. The behavior of systems of 
particles, solids, and liquids is discussed. Special functions, vector 
theorems, transforms, and tensors are introduced as needed. (Spring) 

PHYS 411:412. Electricity and Magnetism 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310, MATH 315. 

Analysis of electrical circuits. Electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and 
the motion of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent 
prediction of electromagnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and 
nuclear theory are stressed. Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms, 
and special functions may be used after being introduced or reviewed. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 418, 419. Advanced Modern Physics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310, 410, and 411 :412; MATH 316 and 317. In the event 
that the student fails to meet these prerequisites, permission of instructor 
must be obtained. 

An advanced treatment of atomic and nuclear physics, elementary particles, 
wave mechanics, relativity, and other topics on the frontiers of physics. 
Research experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and 
research journals. The student must have done some original research of an 
experimental, computational, theorem-proving or metaphysical (related to 
PHYS 317, 318) nature before enrolling in this course. 

PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular 
needs in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to 
registration. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. (Fall, Spring) 



Engineering 



EARTH SCIENCE 



ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-3) 3 hours 

A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, 
to the areas of astronomy, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration 
is given to the following current issues: (1) the environment — conservation 
and pollution of naturalresources; (2) space science — exploration and uses; 
(3) cosmology — special creation and. evolution. (Fall) 

ERSC 106. Earth Science Laboratory (E-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in ERSC 105. 
Laboratory to accompany ERSC 105. (Fall) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Mathematics and Physics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring) 

(E-3), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



ENGINEERING 

Advisor: Robert Moore 

Walla Walla College has established an affiliation in engineering with 
SC whereby the first two years of the engineering program may be taken 
at SC and the remaining work at Walla Walla College. Students desiring 
a Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree can choose from three areas 
of concentration: civil, electrical, mechanical. The WWC engineering 
program is fully approved by the Accreditation Board for Engineering 
and Technology, which is the only nationally recognized organization 
which regularly evaluates professional engineering curricula. The total 
engineering enrollment consists of approximately 400 students, many of 
whom are on various SDA college campuses for their first year or two. 
In addition to the above professional degree programs, a pre- 
professional degree program in bioengineering is available. 
The following courses are required: 

Humanities/Social Studies* 6-9 hours 

Physical Education 2 hours 

Religion/Bible* 6-9 hours 

ENGL 101:102 6 hours 

INDS 149 3 hours 



Engineering 



138 



MATH 115, 217, 218, 315 . .. 13-16 hours 

CHEM 151:152 8 hours 

CPTR 218 3 hours 

PHYS 211:212; 213:214; 217, 218 10 hours 

The Humanities/Social Studies category includes courses such as art, 
literature, music, economics, history, behavioral science. 



* Obtain advisor's approval before taking courses in this category. 

ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 115. 

Two and three dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; 

centroids and centers of gravity; moments of inertia. 

ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 115; ENGR 211. 

One and two dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector 
calculus; dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative mo- 
tion; work and energy; impulse and momentum. 

ENGR 214. Circuit Analysis 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 115; PHYS 211. 

Circuit variables and parameters; Kirchoff s laws and circuit solution; 
sinusoidal steady-state; phasors and impedance; frequency characteristics; 
Thevenin's theorem and maximum power theorem; transients and complete 
response. Laboratory covers basic electrical measurements using DC and AC 
meters, potentiometers, recorders and bridges. 




DIVISION OF MUSIC 

Chairman: Marvin L. Robertson 

J. Bruce Ashton, Orlo Gilbert, Judith Glass, 

Don Runyan, Patricia Silver 

The faculty of the Division of Music believes that music is one of the 
arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of God and to 
enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this philosophy, 
course work is offered which meets the needs of the general college 
student as well as music majors and minors. 

The Division of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the Bachelor 
of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts degree in 
music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and history, as well 
as a high level of achievement in a major performance area. In addition, 
the Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills necessary for teach- 
ing music, with special emphasis on the training of teachers for the 
Seventh-day Adventist school system. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of 
the College. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take 

139 



Music 

written and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a perform- 
1 &0 ance exam i na ti° n * n the applied concentration. To obtain freshman 
I **U standing as a music major the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and 
MUPF 189. 

Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be ob- 
tained by writing the chairman of the Division of Music. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Functional Piano: All music majors must pass an examination in 
functional piano which includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, 
arpeggios, several moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, 
and the harmonization of simple folk melodies. The functional piano 
examination should be passed during the first week of the first semester 
in residence or the student must register for applied piano instruction. 
MUPF 108, 109, and 129 are designed to help the student reach the 
required level of proficiency. 

Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for 
thirteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice per 
lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following a 
jury examination at the end of each semester. 

Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required 
to attend twelve Division approved concerts per semester, except for the 
student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and senior 
recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to meet this 
requirement will nullify music major status. 

Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to par- 
ticipate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence (12 or 
more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are ex- 
empted from this requirement. 

Senior Recital: The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree or the 
Bachelor of Arts degree will present a senior recital. The student must be 
registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior recital. 
Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may be 
partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music performance. 

A faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at least 

I three weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance at this 

audition will result in a rescheduling of the recital date. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the sopho- 
more year. The requirements for junior standing are as follows: 

a. An overall grade point average of 2.0 for the Bachelor of Arts degree 
and 2.25 for the Bachelor of Music degree. 



Music 



b. A grade point average of 2.5 in all music courses. 

c. Completion of the functional piano requirement. 

d. Completion of MUCT 111:112, 121:122. 

e. Completion of four hours of credit in the student's applied music 
concentration area. 

Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result in 
the student receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, 
Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail. 
Junior standing requirements must be met at least two semesters before 
graduation. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Music degree in music education is an NCATE ap- 
proved degree which meets state and denominational certification re- 
quirements. Each student will be responsible to determine the addi- 
tional courses that may be required for certification in the state of his 
choice. This information can be obtained at the Office of Records or the 
Division of Education and Human Sciences. 

The following general education requirements apply only to students 
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree: 



141 



A. 


Basic Academic Skills 

1. English 

2. Mathematics 


6 hours 
3 hours 


9 hours 


B. 


Religion 

1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 

2. Religion: RELT 155, 238 


6 hours 
6 hours 


12 hours 


C. 


History, Political and Economic Systems 

1. History 

2. Political Science and Economics 


6 hours 
3 hours 


9 hours 


D. 


Language, Literature, Fine Arts 

1. Foreign Languages 

(Intermediate level) 

2. Literature 


0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 


3 hours 


E. 
F. 


Natural Sciences 

1. Biology 

2. Chemistry 

3. Physics 

Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 
1. Health Science: HLED 173 


0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 

2 hours 


6 hours 
2 hours 


G. 


Activity Skills 

1. Recreational Skills 


4 hours 


4 hours 




TOTAL 




45 hours 



Music 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE IN MUSIC EDUCATION 



142 



Music Core; 

MUCT 111:112 Music Theory I, II 6 hours 

MUCT 121:122 Aural Theory I, II 2 hours 

MUCT 211:212 Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 hours 

MUCT 221:222 Advanced Aural Theory III, IV 2 hours 

MUHL 115 Listening to Music 2 hours 

MUHL 314:315 History of Music 6 hours 

MUPF 189 Concentration (Instrument or Voice) . 8 hours 

MUPF 389 Concentration (Instrument or Voice) . 6 hours 

MUPF 129 Secondary (Instrument or Voice) 2 hours 

MUPF 477 Instrumental Conducting Techniques 3 hours 

MUPF 478 Choral Conducting Techniques 3 hours 

Music Ensembles 7 hours 

MUPF 313 or 413 Orchestration & Arranging or 

Analysis of Music Form _3 hours 

TOTAL 56 hours 

* 1 . Organ majors must take two hours of MUPF 2 79, Service 
Playing, in lieu of two hours of MUPF 289. 

*2. Piano majors may take two hours of MUPF 378, Ensem- 
ble Experience (Accompanying), in lieu of two hours of 
MUPF 389. 

*3. A student with a special aptitude for conducting or 
composition may petition the music faculty to substi- 
tute up to three hours of MUPF 3 78 or MUCT 495 for up 
to three hours of MUPF 389. 

Choral/School Music Teaching Endorsement: (For vocal 
majors. May be elected by keyboard majors.) 

MUCT 313 Orchestration and Arranging or 

MUCT 413 Analysis of Music Form . . 3 hours 

Music Education: Pedagogy in the applied concentration 
and two of the following: MUED 136, 
146, 156, 166, 226, 316, 317, 318 (voice 
majors must include MUED 226) 6 hours 

Instrumental Teaching Endorsement: (For instrumental majors. Maybe 
elected by keyboard majors.) 

MUCT 313 Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Music Education: Three of the following: MUED 136, 146, 
156, 166, 316, 318. (Keyboard majors 
must include pedagogy in the applied 
concentration.) 6 hours 






Music 



Education Core: (Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must 
apply to the Education Department for admission to the Teacher 1A3 
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must 
apply to the Education Department for admission to the professional 
semester.) 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education , 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of 

Education 3 hours 

EDUC 240 Education of the Exceptional Student 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements , 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Secondary School 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching, 7-12 _6 hours 

22 hours 
MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School 2 hours 
Mat. & Tech. or Ped _6 hours 

9 hours 
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed to 
give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of man. 

Major: Forty hours including fourteen upper division hours and the 

following: 
Music Theory including MUCT 111:112; 121:122; 

211:212; 221:222 19 hours 

MUHL 115 — Listening to Music 2 hours 

MUHL314:315— History of Music to 1750/1 750 to Present 6 hours 

MUPF 189, 389 — Concentration 8 hours 

Music Ensembles > . . 5 hours 

A student must complete all general education requirements of the 

College. 
The foreign language recommended is either French or German. 

Music Minor: Eighteen hours including the following: 

MUCT 111:112 — Music Theory I and E 6 hours 

MUHL 115 — Listening to Music 2 hours 

MUPF 179 — Concentration 2 hours 

MUPF 477 or 478 — Instrumental or Choral Conducting 

Techniques 3 hours 

Music Course Electives (including three hours upper 

division) . . . . J> hours 

18 hours 



Music 

MUSIC THEORY 



144 



MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours 

A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not 
apply toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course. 
(Spring, Summer) 

MUCT 111:112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination. 

A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and 

visually comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures from 

one to four voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than once. (Fall, 

Spring) 

MUCT 121:122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours 

A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills re- 
lated to the materials introduced in MUCT 111:112. Music majors must take 
this concurrently with MUCT 111:112. This is a computer assisted course. 
(Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 211:212. Advanced Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111:112. 

An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in 

MUCT 111:112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall, 

Spring) 

MUCT 221:222. Advanced Aural Theory III and IV 1,1 hours 

Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT 
211:212. Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211:212. 
This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111:112. 

The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and 
band instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumen- 
tal chamber groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exercises and 
analysis of scores is emphasized. (Spring) 

MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 211:212 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to 

the more complex music of all historical periods. (Spring) 

MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Content 
to be arranged. Approval must be secured from the division chairman prior 
to registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 






Music 



MUSIC HISTORY 



MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 2 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musi- 
cal styles, and forms from the Baroque era to the present. Two listening 
periods per week are required. (Fall) 

MUHL 215. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

An historical survey of music in the Christian Church with particular em- 
phasis on hymnology. (Spring) 

MUHL 314. History of Music to 1750 (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111:112, or permission of instructor. 
A study of music literature from antiquity to 1750 including cultural 
backgrounds, development of music form and style, and analysis of rep- 
resentative masterworks from each major period of music history. A unit of 
non-Western music is also included. Two listening periods per week are 
required. (Fall: even numbered years) 

MUHL 315. History of Music, 1750 to Present (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111:112 or permission of instructor. 
A study of music literature from 1750 to the present, including cultural 
backgrounds, development of music form andf style, and analysis of rep- 
resentative masterworks from each major perioa of music history. Two 
listening periods per week are required. (Spring: odd numbered years) 



MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for 
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruc- 
tion is required. (Spring: even numbered years) 

MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, finger- 
ings, practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of litera- 
ture for the instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of 
classroom and private instruction is required. (Fall: even numbered years) 

MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic 
technique, and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instruments 
and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private 
instruction is required. (Spring: odd numbered years) 

MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for 
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruc- 
tion is required. (Fall: odd numbered years) 



145 



Music 



MUED 231. Music Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

1 4ifi Prerequisite: MUCT 100 (or permission of instructor) or MUHL 115. 

A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the 
elementary school. The content includes fundamentals, appreciation, sing- 
ing, playing, and rhythmic activities. Observation and participation in the 
music program of the elementary school is required. Two hours lecture and 
one hour laboratory work per week. (Fall, Summer) 

MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 1 79 or equivalent. 
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; 
planning a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including 
technic, repertoire, and musicianship. Observation and teaching is re- 
quired. (Fall: odd numbered years) 

MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 179 or equivalent and permission of 
instructor. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; 
testing and classification of voices; physiological and psychological prob- 
lems of voice production and diction. Observation and teaching is required. 
(Spring: odd numbered years) 

MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 179 or equivalent. 
Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompani- 
ment of church services; registration of organ literature on various types of 
organs. Observation and teaching is required. (Fall: even numbered years) 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including 
curriculum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters 
related to student teaching. (Spring) 

APPLIED MUSIC 

MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of 
practice and/or listening outside of class is required; (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 



Music 



hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor. 
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non- 
liturgical services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying, 
conducting from the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection 
of appropriate preludes, offertories, and postludes. Performance experience 
required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for 
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive 
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is 
included. (Fall: odd numbered years) 

MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor, 
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive 
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is 
included. (Spring: even numbered years) 



Courses MUPF 108, 109, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the 
College as elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music 
major or minor may not apply these toward his applied music concentra- 
tion. Students desiring to study organ must pass the Functional Piano 
Examination. 

Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music major 
and minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the examina- 
tion for freshman standing. Jury examinations are required with these 
course numbers. 

The following performance areas maybe studied: voice, piano, classi- 
cal guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, oboe, clarinet, 
saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone tuba, 
and percussion instruments. 



Music 



148 



CHORAL ENSEMBLES 



Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition. 
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit 
each semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, in- 
cluding dress rehearsals, is required. 

Voice majors are required to sing in the Southern College Concert 
Choir for two years. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by the members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 148, 348. Chamber Singers (G-l) 1 hour 

A group of sixteen mixed voices which performs choral music appropriate 
to the Chamber Choir. 

MUPF 158, 358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A croup of twenty to twenty-four male voices which performs music of all 
styles and style periods. 

MUPF 168, 368. Southern College Concert Choir (G-l) 1 hour 

A group of fifty to sixty mixed voices which performs music of all style 
periods. 

MUPF 188, 388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, 
musical productions, and other division-sponsored vocal activities. This 
course does not fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors. 
(Fall, Spring) 



INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES 

Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through audi- 
tion. Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour 
credit each semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required. 

Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music ensemble 
participation requirement for music majors except those taking a 
keyboard concentration. Music majors other than those taking a 
keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience 
credit, must be registered concurrently in Concert Band or Symphony 
Orchestra. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall Spring) 






Music 



MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 

(Fall Spring) 



1 hour 



MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of 
keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring) 

(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 



149 



DIVISION OF 
NATURAL SCIENCE 

Chairman: David Steen 



Biology 
Carol Bauer 
Edgar Grundset 
Duane Houck 
David Steen 
*Marcella Woolsey 



Chemistry 
Wiley Austin 
Mitchell Thiel 
Steven Warren 



The study of the science of Biology and Chemistry constitutes one of 
the most important fields of learning since it deals with the nature of life 
itself. The aim of the Division of Natural Science is to offer sufficient 
courses to supply the needs of those students bound for graduate 
schools, professional schools, industry, education, or for the more casual 
interests of students with other majors. 

Relative to spiritual values, the following statement reflects the 
philosophy of the Division of Natural Science. 

All true science is but an interpretation of the handwriting of God 
in the material world. Science brings from her research only fresh 
evidence of the wisdom and power of God. Rightly understood, both 
the book of nature and the written word make us acquainted with 
God by teaching us something of the wise and beneficent laws 
through which He works. 

— Ellen G. White, Patriarchs and Prophets, page 599. 

BIOLOGY 

A student majoring in Biology should plan his entire program with a 
member of the Biology staff. The program must meet graduation and 
general education requirements as outlined elsewhere in this catalog. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BIOLOGY 

Major: Thirty hours including BIOL 155, 156, 316, 325, 408 or 409 or 
410, 418 or 419, and 485. Up to three hours of CHEM 323 may apply on a 
major or minor. Cognate requirement: CHEM 151:152. A course in gen- 
eral physics is highly desirable. A minor in chemistry is recommended. 



Study Leave 



151 



Biology 



152 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY 

Major: Forty hours including BIOL 155, 156, 225, 316, 325, 408 or 409 
or 410, 412, 415, 418 or419, and 485. Up to three hours ofCHEM 323 may 
apply on a major. Cognate requirements : CHEM 151:152; MATH 114 and 
215. A course in general physics is highly desirable. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including BIOL 155, 156 (or equivalent). A 
course in physiology is strongly recommended. Up to three hours of 
CHEM 323 may apply on a minor. A minimum of six hours must be in 
upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the subject 
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements 
by meeting the number of hours indicated below. 

Biology 

BIOL 155, 156 Foundations of Biology 8 hours 

Biology electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 

General Science 

BIOL 155, 156 Foundations of Biology 8 hours 

Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

Sample First Year Schedule: 1st 2nd 

Sem. Sem. 

BIOL 155, 156 Foundations of Biology 4 4 

CHEM 151,152 General Chemistry* 4 4 

ENGL 101, 102 College Composition 3 3 

MATH 114 Elementary Functions 4 

RELT Religion Elective 3 

Elective _2_ _J_ 

16 16 

* Refer to General Chemistry prerequisites. 

AGRI 100. Science of Gardening (G-2) 3 hours 

Scientific principles of plant growth with emphasis on food crops. Various 
aspects of gardening culture emphasized are requirements for plant growth, 
soil building, crop nutrition, identification and control of diseases and 
insects, and plant propagation. Two hours lecture and three hours labora- 
tory. (Fall, Spring) 



BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

This is a basic general education biology course designed to give the student 
a modern treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant 
and animal life. Three lectures each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



Biology 
153 



BIOL 104. Principles of Biology Lab (E-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 103. 
Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate the principles learned in BIOL 
103. Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BIOL 105:106. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. Does not apply on a major. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BIOL 125. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 3 hours 

A study of the principles of microbiology, various types of microorganisms 
and their relation to nealth and disease. Two lectures and one laboratory 
period each week. Does not apply on major. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BIOL 155:156. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

This is an introductory course in biology open to all college students. The 
course is designed to give the non-science student a modern treatment of the 
fundamental processes of plant and animal life as well as to provide a 
satisfactory basis upon which a biology major may build. Three lectures and 
one laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 225. General Microbiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 156 or equivalent. 

A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their 
morphology, physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be 
given to immunology topics: antigen-antibody properties, host-antigen in- 
teractions, humoral and cellular immune systems. The importance of mi- 
croorganisms in environmental and applied fields will be considered. Three 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 226. Environmental Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex inter- 
locking environmental problems facing us today. Beginning with basic 
ecological principles, the course goes on to examine population dynamics, 
energy utilization, resource consumption and the various forms of pollu- 
tion. These issues are all discussed in terms of a balanced and rational 
ecological approach. Three lectures each week. (Spring, even years) 

BIOL 295. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

See BIOL 495. 

BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 155, 156 or consent of instructor. 



Biology 



154 



I 



An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis 
on the development of the chick. Two lectures and one laboratory period 
each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 103, or 156 or consent of instructor. 
A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features. 
Taxonomy, nesting, and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which 
applies toward laboratory credit, is planned during spring vacation. There is 
a small additional charge to help cover transportation. (Spring) 

BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 156 or consent of instructor. 

A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic 

animals. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 316. Genetics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 125 or 155, or consent of instructor. 
A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an 
investigation of gene structure and function. Two lectures and one labora- 
tory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 156 or consent of instructor. 

Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their 
environment. This course will examine these interactions in the context of 
energy flow, nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population 
dynamics. Field work will introduce various ecological sampling 
techniques and the student will participate in ecological analysis of various 
local communities as well as extended field trips. Two lectures and one field 
trip or laboratory period each week. (Spring, odd years) 

BIOL 318. Ichthyology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 155, 156 or consent of instructor. 
A systematic study of the fishes found in the local area, with a survey of the 
fishes of other waters. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. 
(Taught every third year) 

BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 155, 156 or consent of instructor. 
A systematic study of amphibians and reptiles of the local area, with a 
survey of amphibians and reptiles of other areas. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. (Taught every third year) 

BIOL 325. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (E-l), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the theories of origins and the extent of variations among 
animals today. Special attention is given to the factual basis for the theories 
of special creation and evolution. Credit can be applied toward either a 
Biology or a Religion major or minor. Three lectures each week. (Fall) 



Biology 



BIOL 408, 409, 410. Systematic Field Botany I, II, III 3,3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 156 or consent of instructor. 155 

A study of plants in their natural environment, emphasizing their distinc- 
tive characteristics as a basis for identification and classification. Topics 
included in the three courses are as follows: Fall semester (BIOL 408) — Fall 
flowering plants, ferns, trees, and fleshy fungi; Spring semester (BIOL 
409) — Spring flowering plants, mosses, tree identification by twigs and 
bark; Summer term (BIOL 41 0)— Summer flowering plants locally and in the 
mountains. Two lectures and one field trip or laboratory period each week. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 155, 156 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. 
Includes classroom and field study of systematics, distribution, behavior 
and ecology. Two lectures and one laboratory each week. (Taught every 
third year) 

BIOL 412. Cell Biology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 155, 156; CHEM 311, 312. 

This course, designed for advanced biology and chemistry majors, deals 
primarily with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles 
learned in BIOL 155, 156, the student is exposed to methods of cellular 
research while learning about the appearance and operation of cellular 
organelles. The exciting details of cell integration and control provide the 
framework for this ^interdisciplinary study. Three lectures each week. 
(Spring, even years) 

BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 155, 156 or consent of instructor. 

A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates. 

The dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory 

study. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring, even 

years) 

BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 155, 156 or consent of instructor. 
A descriptive study of normal tissues, including those of man. The micro- 
scopic identification and characteristics of stained section is emphasized in 
the laboratory. One lecture and two laboratory periods each week. (Spring, 
odd years) 

BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 106, 156, or equivalent and CHEM 151:152 or equivalent. 
A study of the principles of animal function with special attention to man. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 155, 156 and CHEM 151:152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water 






Chemistry 

relations, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation, 
I C A respiration, and growth. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. 

M.%9 If (Spring, odd years) 

BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Open to Biology majors or minors only or with approval of Biology staff. 
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on 
current literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval 
of Division Chairman. (Fall or Spring) 

BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 155, 156 or equivalent. 

BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only. 

Designed for the student who wishes to do private study or research or for a 

group of students who wish a special course not listed in the regular 

offerings. Examples: entamology, economic botany, animal behavior, etc. 

Content and method of study must be arranged for prior to registration. (Fall 

or Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Biology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances; and the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 

(E-l), (G-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education require- 
ments. 

CHEMISTRY 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN CHEMISTRY 

Major: Thirty hours including CHEM 151:152, 311:312, 313:314, 315, 
321, 485 or 497. CHEM 411:412, 413:414 may be substituted for CHEM 
315, 321, and CHEM 497 may be substituted for CHEM 485. The first 
course in Calculus is a cognate requirement. CPTR 125 or 131 is strongly 
recommended. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CHEMISTRY 

I Major: Forty hours including CHEM 151:152, 311:312, 313:314, 315, 

321, 325, 411, 412, 413, 414, 485, and 497 are required. Cognate require- 
ments are: PHYS 211:212, 213:214, MATH 115, 217 or 315, CPTR 125 or 
131. German or French is highly recommended. This course of study is 
designed for the professional chemist. 



Chemistry 

One of the following may be applied on the major for either the B. A. or 
the B.S.: an upper division physics course (except PHYS 317 or 318), or 157 
PHYS 217 or 218. 

General Education Requirements: The general education require- 
ments for the above programs are listed elsewhere in this catalog. 

Minor: Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division. 

Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the subject 
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements 
by meeting the number of hours indicated below. 

Chemistry 

CHEM 151:152 General Chemistry 8 hours 

Chemistry electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 

General Science 

BIOL 155, 156 Foundations of Biology 8 hours 

Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours 

TOTAL 16 hours 

The student must apply to the Division of Education and Human 
Sciences for admission to the Teacher Education Program and the pro- 
fessional semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 

CHEM 103. Pre-General Chemistry 2 hours 

Basic concepts in chemistry and mathematics as needed to begin General 
Chemistry. Two hours of lecture each week. Does not apply on a minor or 
major. Taught second semester only. (Spring) 

CHEM 111:112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: A course in high school algebra. A minimum Mathematics 
ACT score of 12 or a minimum grade of C" in MATH 099 are required. 
A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic princi- 
ples of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each 
week. Does not apply to a major or minor. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

CHEM 113:114. Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (E-2) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111:112. 
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 
111:112. Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 151:152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through Inter- 
mediate Algebra or Pre-General Chemistry. 



Chemistry 



158 



An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with 
applications to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and 
three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 201:202. Concepts of Biochemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or successful completion of a high school chemistry 

course. 

A review of basic chemistry and an introduction to the fundamental 

biochemistry of the body with emphasis on physiological chemistry. Three 

hours of lecture each week. Does not apply towards a major or minor. (Fall, 

Spring) 

CHEM 311:312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151:152 or its equivalent. 

A study of the aliphatic and aromatic compounds of carbon and their 

reactions. Three hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 313:314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311:312. 
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 
311:312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151:152. 

A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of 
determinations, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry 
involved is studied in terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours of 
lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall) 

CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 315. 

A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spec- 
trometry, chromatography, electrochemistry and radiochemistry. Three lec- 
tures and one laboratory session per week. (Spring) 

CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311:312. 

The materials, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under 
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Four hours of lecture each 
week. (Spring) 

CHEM 325. Organic Qualitative Analysis 2 or 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311:312; 313:314. 

Application of solubility principles, classification reactions, and the prep- 
aration of derivatives for the identification of both pure compounds and 
mixtures. Two hours of lecture for nine weeks, and three or six hours of 
laboratory each week. Offered on sufficient demand. (Fall) 

CHEM 333. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151:152. 



A systematic discussion of the elements including a study of coordination 
compounds, noble gases, and the current bonding theories. Three hours of 
lecture each week. (Fall, odd years) 



Chemistry 
159 



CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisites:CHEMl51:152;CPTRl25or218;PHYS211:212;MATHll5. 
A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three 
hours of lecture each week. Taugnt alternate years. (Fall, even years) 

CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 411. 

A study of electrochemistry and conductivity, reaction kinetics, molecular 
structure, nuclear chemistry, absorption and colloids. Three hours of lecture 
each week. Taught alternate years. (Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411, 412 must be taken concurrently 
or previously. 

Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory 
period each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311:312. 

Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field. 

To be taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall) 

CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151:152. 

Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or for a 
group of students who wish a special course on topics not taught under the 
regular class offerings. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1 to 2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Prob- 
lems are assigned according to the experience and interest of the student. 
Prior to registration, two semesters before graduation, students are urged to 
contact all chemistry staff members with respect to choice of available 
problems. Should be taken not later than the first semester of the senior year. 
(Fall, Spring) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Chemistry 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test- 
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 



Allied Health Professions 

Taught on the Orlando Campus 
1 Oil CHEM 203. Concepts of Biochemistry 4 hours 

(E-2), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS IN 
ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS 

The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of specializa- 
tion within the health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and pay 
scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. The As- 
sociate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares the 
student for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda Univer- 
sity or Andrews University. Admission to any professional school is 
dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite requirements of the 
individual school. Students desirous of admission to other professional 
programs should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the re- 
quirements. 

General Education requirements for the Associate of Science degree 
are listed on pp. 21-24 of the Catalog. General education requirements 
for admission to professional schools at Loma Linda University are 
summarized as follows. For specific requirements, consult pp. 180-189 
of this Catalog or the appropriate Bulletin for the professional school of 
your choice. 

ENGL 101:102 College Composition 6 hours 

Religion/Bible 9 hours 

Speech 2-3 hours 

Humanities* 

(including Speech) total 8-12 hours 

Social Sciences* total 8-12 hours 

electives and general education to total 

64 semester hours 

* Specific options in these areas listed in College Catalog and in Bulletins for 
professional schools. Some of these requirements may be met by required 
professional courses. 

There are seven emphases in the Allied Health Professions degree: 
pre-Dental Hygiene, pre-Dietetics, pre-Medical Record Administration, 
pre-Occupational Therapy, pre-Physical Therapy, pre-Radiology 
Technology, and pre-Respiratory Therapy. Requirements for each are 
given below. 

PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

Advisor: Carol Bauer 
BIOL 105:106 Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours 



Allied Health Professions 



BIOL 125 
CHEM 111:112 
CHEM 113:114 
PSYC 124 
SOCI 125 



Microbiology 3 hours 

Survey of Chemistry 6 hours 

Survey of Chemistry Lab 2 hours 

Intro to Psychology 3 hours 

Intro to Sociology _3 hours 

TOTAL 23 hours 






PRE-DIETETICS 

Advisor: 

MATH 104 
FDNT 125 
FDNT 126 
FDNT 127 
FDNT 317 
ACCT 103 
ECON 213 
BIOL 105:106 



BIOL 125 
CHEM 111:112 
CHEM 113:114 



PSYC 124 
SOCI 125 



Intermediate Algebra 3 hours 

Nutrition 3 hours 

Foods 2 hours 

Food Preparation 1 hour 

Meal Management 3 hours 

College Accounting 3 hours 

Survey of Economics 3 hours 

Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours 

(BIOL 105 may be waived if ACT in 
Nat. Sci. is high enough and with 
approval of advisor) 

Microbiology 3 hours 

Survey of Chemistry 6 hours 

Survey of Chemistry Lab 2 hours 

(those planning on graduate work in 
nutrition or dietetics should take 
CHEM 151:152, CHEM 311:312, 
and CHEM 323) 

Introduction to Psychology 3 hours 

Introduction to Sociology 3 hours 

(students applying to AU should take 
Psychology OR Sociology and 
should include CPTR 125 Intro, to 

Computers) 

TOTAL 41 (38) hours 



PRE-MEDICAL RECORDS ADMINISTRATION 

Advisor: Joyce Cotham 

BIOL 105:106 Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours 

MATH 104 Intermediate Algebra 3 hours 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 hours 

SECR315 Business Communications 3 hours 



Allied Health Professions 

BIOL 155*156 Foundations of Biology RECOM- 
1 fiO MENDED. (A full sequence of science 

*"& may be substituted.) 6-8 hours 

Typing proficiency of 50 wpm for 10 

minutes 0^5 hours 

TOTAL 21-28 hours 

PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

Advisor: Carol Bauer 

INDS 154 Woodworking 4 hours 

INDS 155 Creative Crafts 2 hours 

ART 235 Ceramics I 3 hours 

BIOL 105:106 Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours 

BIOL 1?5 Microbiology 3 hours 

CHEM 111:112 Survey of Chemistry 6 hours 

CHEM 113:114 Survey of Chemistry Lab 2 hours 

(a full sequence of physics or math 

may be substituted for chemistry; 

e.g., PHYS 211:212 or MATH 114 

and 115) 

PHYS 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 hours 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 hours 

SOCI 125 Introduction to Sociology _3 hours 

TOTAL 35 hours 

PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Advisor: Carol Bauer 

PHYS 107 Introduction to Physics 3 hours 

BIOL 105:106 Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours 

(BIOL 155:156 Found, of Biology 8 
hrs. may be substituted) 

BIOL 125 Microbiology 3 hours 

CHEM 111:112 Survey of Chemistry 6 hours 

CHEM 113:114 Survey of Chemistry Lab 2 hours 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 hours 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology _3. hours 

TOTAL 26 hours 



PRE-RADIOLOGY TECHNOLOGY* 

Advisor: Henry Kuhlman 
PHYS 107 Introduction to Physics 3 hours 



BIOL 105:106 



Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours 



Allied Health Professions 



CHEM 111:112 
CHEM 113:114 
MATH 104 
PSYC 124 



Survey of Chemistry 6 hours 

Survey of Chemistry Lab 2 hours 

Intermediate Algebra 3 hours 

Introduction to Psychology 3 hours 

OR SOCI 125 Intro, to Sociology _ 

TOTAL 23 hours 



PRE-RESPIRATORY THERAPY* 

Advisor: Carol Bauer 

PHYS 107 Introduction to Physics 3 hours 

BIOL 105:106 Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours 

(BIOL 155:156 Found, of Biology may 
be substituted) 

BIOL 125 Microbiology 3 hours 

CHEM 111:112 Survey of Chemistry 6 hours 

CHEM 113:114 Survey of Chemistry Lab 2 hours 

MATH 104 Intermediate Algebra 3 hours 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 hours 

(SOCI 125 Intro, to Sociology may be 

substituted) 

TOTAL 26 hours 

* Admission to professional programs in Radiology Technology and Respiratory 
Therapy require 32 semester hours of prerequisites. If the student chose this 
option, he would not receive an A.S. degree from SC. 



MEDICAL SCIENCE 

Southern College will confer a Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical 
Science upon students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree 
who satisfy the following two conditions: 

1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate col- 
lege program of which at least the last 30 were taken in residence at 
Southern College and at least 12 of which are at the upper division 
level. 

2. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of 
dentistry, medicine, or optometry that the first year of the respec- 
tive professional program has been successfully completed and 
that the applicant is eligible to continue. 

Request for the conferral of this degree should be made to the Director 
of Records. 



Medical Technology 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Advisor: Henry Kuhlman 

This program, leading to a bachelor of science degree with a major in 
medical technology, consists of three years of prescribed study at South- 
ern College and a 12- to 13-month senior year in a hospital-based medi- 
cal technology program accredited by the Committee on Allied Health 
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA) of the American Medical Associ- 
ation. Hospital programs affiliated with Southern College include Er- 
langer Memorial Hospital, Florida Hospital, Hinsdale Sanitarium and 
Hospital, and Kettering Medical Center. Internship in other CAHEA- 
accredited programs requires prior college approval. 

Acquiring this degree in medical technology qualifies a person to take 
a number of national certifying examinations, including those offered by 
the Board of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists 
(ASCP) and the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences (NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals work in hospi- 
tals, clinics, physicians' offices, public health agencies, private 
laboratories, pharmaceutical firms, and research institutions. 

The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet 
the requirements of the College and of the Committee on Allied Health 
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA). Affiliated hospitals may have 
additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or ad- 
visers of the specific hospitals for those requirements. 

Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and graduat- 
ing seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified Medi- 
cal Technologists. This is possible if the student plans his courses to 
fulfill the requirements of the College and the hospital program. 

During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for 
admission to an affiliated hospital-based medical technology program. 
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is 
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student must 
complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning the 
senior year. The over-all grade point average must be acceptable to the 
college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept students 
with less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. Although 
hospital acceptances are granted during the junior year, they are condi- 
tional, pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission criteria. 

Written information about each of the affiliated hospital-based medi- 
cal technology programs is available through the college medical 
technology adviser. The student should be aware that acceptance 
criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application procedures, tui- 
tion for the senior year, and program formats may vary at each affiliated 
hospital. 



Medical Technology 

Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree from Southern College 
with a major in medical technology must complete the following re- 1 fif) 
quirements: 

MAJOR 2 

MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with 
the profession. The history and standards of medical technology and 
employment opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory 
procedures will be taught and laboratory tours will be conducted. 

COGNATES 42 

*BIOL including 225, 155, 156, 315 16 

*CHEM including 151, 152, 311, 313 16 

CPTR 125 or 131 3 

MATH 114 4 

BUAD 334 3 

* These must be courses which could apply to a Biology or 
Chemistry major. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35 

A. 1. ENGL 101, 102 6 

2. (See Cognates) 

B. Religion 9 

C. History, Political Science, and Economics 6 

D. Language, Literature and Fine Arts 6 

E. (See Cognates) 

F. Behavioral, Family or Health Sciences 3 

G. Activity Skills 5 

Twenty hours of upper division, including two writing courses are 

required — one (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a non- 
cognate area. 

ELECTIVES 14 

Recommendations include: 
BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418 
CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 323, 324 
MATH 215 
PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214 

TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 93 

HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable 

Individual affiliated hospital programs should be consulted for their 
specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given 



Medical Technology 



166 



in the twelve- to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in 

affiliate programs include: 

Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematol- 
ogy, Hemostasis, Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Mi- 
crobiology, Clinical Mycology, Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Bio- 
chemistry, Instrumentation, Research. 

2+2 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

The 2 + 2 ladder program in medical technology permits an individual 
possessing an associate degree from an accredited college plus certifica- 
tion as a medical laboratory technician [MLT (ASCP) or CLT (NCA)]to 
earn a baccalaureate degree in medical technology without duplicating 
previous work. For this program, students spend their junior year at 
Southern College completing general education and science require- 
ments. They spend their senior year at Kettering Medical Center in 
Dayton, Ohio, studying advanced topics in clinical laboratory science. 



I 



Chairman: Catherine Knarr 

Collegedale: Colleen Barrow, Ruby Birch, Susan Davidson, Betty 
Garver, Dorothy Giacomozzi, Leona Gulley, Dorothy Hooper, Lorella 
Howard, Shirley Howard, Bonnie Hunt, Beth Jedamski, Marie Krall, 
Katie Lamb, Nancy Malin, Caroline McArthur, Charlene Robertson, Pa- 
tricia Rushing, Lola Scoggins, Donna Spurlock, Elvie Swinson, Nancy 
Thiel, Brenda Thoresen, David Twombley. 

Orlando: Flora Adams, Nancy Crist, Caryll Dormer, Flora Flood, Ruth 
Haller, Rhonda Lizzi, Johanna Neubrander, Marsha Rauch, Hazel Rice, 
Sylvia Skantz, Deborah Stephens, Cheryl Thompson, Lois Thompson, 
Erma Webb, Marlene Young. 

PHILOSOPHY 

God is the One in whom we live and move and have our being. In the 
beginning when God created man in His image it was His purpose that 
man should throughout his life ever more fully reveal the image of his 
Creator. But sin brought about in man feelings of distrust of his fellow- 
man and of God, and a great sense of personal insecurity. Sin also 
weakened his physical powers, lessened his psychosocial capacity, and 
dimmed his spiritual vision. Man then became subject to various health 
problems. Those health problems have created a need for intervention 
from the health-related professions. 

Nursing as a health profession is a progressive science and art, utiliz- 
ing knowledge from many physical and psychosocial disciplines in 
assisting individuals and groups to solve health problems. While nurs- 
ing shares with other health care providers the goals of maintaining and 
promoting optimal health, it is unique in that it provides for the ac- 
tivities of daily living through its nurturing role and coordinates the 
health care according to observations of behavioral response of the 
fmtient/client. Nursing also includes preventive and creative roles in 
meeting the needs of the whole individual. The nurse can most effec- 
tively fill these roles through a consistent relationship with Christ which 
enables the nurse to assist others to live, move, and have being (Acts 
17:28). 

As the roles of the nurse have become more complex, the differentia- 
tion of responsibilities of nurses has created a need for nursing person- 
nel with different levels of preparation. The implication for nursing 
education is that it must provide curricula to educate a clearly defined 
practitioner on each level of practice. To meet this need, students in the 

167 



Nursing 



articulated baccalaureate program receive an associate of science degree 
after the second year with the option to halt their education or continue 
upper division nursing. The person who exits at this level will primarily 
provide nurturing and coordinating aspects of nursing in a cir- 
cumscribed setting. This nurse will apply the nursing process in assess- 
ing the level of wellness of the patient/client using predetermined 
criteria and techniques, will plan and implement predetermined inter- 
ventions, and will function in predetermined leadership roles. These 
roles will include management of care for groups of patient/clients and 
direction of auxiliary personnel. 

In a variety of settings the baccalaureate graduate will provide preven- 
tive, creative, coordinative, and collaborative aspects of nursing. The 
nurse practicing at this level will act as a change agent utilizing the 
research orientation to the nursing process which includes the system- 
atic gathering of data, considering alternatives, implementing pre- 
determined and/or creative interventions, evaluating outcomes, and as- 
suming accountability for actions. On completion of the program the 
graduate will have competence in a variety of practice settings and 
beginning expertise in at least one area. The graduate will be equipped to 
move quickly into beginning leadership roles and will have the theory 
and practice base in behavioral and physical sciences for graduate study 
in nursing. 

DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM 

The articulated program leads to a baccalaureate degree in nursing 
with the option to exit at the associate degree level. The holders of an 
associate degree from a state approved program in nursing may progress 
into upper division nursing. Licensed diploma graduates will be 
evaluated on an individual basis. 

The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science 
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus 
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state board 
examinations to become a registered nurse. 

A well-equipped learning center and skills laboratory are provided to 
assist students in learning experiences. One semester of both lower and 
upper division is spent on an extension campus. 

COLLEGEDALE-BASED ASSOCIATE AND BACCALAUREATE 
PROGRAMS 

The students are based on the Collegedale campus with one semester 
of both lower and upper division spent on the Florida extension campus. 

The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an in-depth 
study in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. All students 
will be required to participate in validation procedures designed to 
evaluate and improve the individual student and the program of study. 



Nursing 



170 



A new class begins in lower division each semester with a limited size 
of 70 students due to available clinical facilities and teachers. The upper 
division class is not limited in size and a new class is admitted each 
semester. 



CONSORTIUM BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM 

The program enables registered nurses employed on a full-time basis 
at a member hospital to obtain a baccalaureate degree on a part-time 
basis. All upper division nursing classes are offered in the evening. One 
course is offered each fall and winter semester and one course during a 
summer session for a given group. 

Admission and progression criteria are the same as the campus-based 
baccalaureate program with the following exceptions: 

1. Math requirement: Math requirement is waived for RN/BS stu- 
dents. 

2. Residence requirements: The requirement that the last thirty (30) 
semester hours must be taken in residence has been adjusted to 
allow the consortium students to take general education courses, 
with the exception of Christian Ethics, at another college concur- 
rently with clinical nursing courses. 

3. Transfer work: Seventy-four (74) semester hours from a junior 
college is allowed which will include 68 hours for the equivalent of 
an Associate Degree plus six semester hours of Biochemistry. 

4. Religion: Three hours are permitted to be taken at a local college or 
university. Three hours Christian Ethics must be taken at Southern 
College. 

5. Writing courses: Only two writing emphasis courses rather than 
three will be required. 



POLICIES 

Students who are admitted to the Division of Nursing are considered 
adequately mature to realize the importance of accepting personal re- 
sponsibility for their learning and professional behavior. 

The Division of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies of 
the division. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations as out- 
lined. The faculty reserves the right to withdraw or revise policies as 
deemed necessary. The Orlando- and Collegedale-based programs are 
governed by the same policies. 

Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost of 
nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing Education 
Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see bulletin section Student 
Financial Information, Special Fees and Charges). 



Nursing 



ACCREDITATION 

The program in nursing is fully accredited by the Board of Review for 
Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and Associate of Science 
Degree Programs of the National League for Nursing. It is accredited by 
the National League for Nursing to admit registered nurse students to the 
curriculum. It is recognized by the Board of Regents of the Department of 
Education of the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, and it is 
approved by the Tennessee Board of Nursing. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING 

Major: Thirty-three hours for the Bachelor of Science degree after 
completion of the Associate of Science degree at SC or the equivalent* 
including NRSG 325, 327, 335, 394, 425, 484, 485. Required cognates: 
RELT 373, CHEM 201, 202, BHSF 215 and three hours upper-division 
Behavioral Science. General education requirements include an addi- 
tional three hours Area B, three hours Area C or D, three hours Area D, 
and elective credit to make a total of 127 semester hours of which 40 
hours are upper division. 

•Graduates of a state approved associate degree nursing program will be con- 
sidered to have met the general education requirements for the first two years of 
the program. If an Area C-l course was not included in the associate degree 

Srogram, however, it must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science 
egree general education requirements of "3 hours Area C or D." A maximum of 
72 semester hours will be accepted from a junior college. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING 

Collegedale-based Program: 

Major: Thirty-five hours for the Associate of Science degree including 
NRSG 105, 116, 117, 215, 216, 217, 218, 223. Required cognates: BIOL 
105, 106, 125, PSYC 128, SOCI 125, FDNT 125. General education 
courses for Areas A, B, C, E, and F are the same as for the other disciplines 
of the College. Students are exempt from general education courses for 
Areas D and G. A total of 68 semester hours is required for the Associate 
of Science degree. 

LOWER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Admission and progression requirements are the same for both Col- 
legedale- and Orlando-based programs. Minimum requirements for ad- 
mission to the clinical area of the Division of Nursing are listed below. 
The final decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing is made by 
the Division of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major is not the equiva- 
lent of acceptance to the Division of Nursing, 



Nursing 

1. Acceptance to Southern College and hold a diploma from a four- 
172 ^ ear accre dited high school or the equivalent. 

2. High school grade point average of 2.50* minimum on solids 
(math, science, English, history, foreign language). 

3. A grade of "C" or better in each semester of high school chemistry. 
A student who does not meet the high school chemistry require- 
ment may remove this deficiency by taking CHEM 111 and earning 
a "C" or better. 

4. Minimum ACT standard score of 17 in English and composite. 

5. A student who does not meet the high school grade point average or 
ACT requirements may take a minimum of twelve semester college 
hours in required courses leading to nursing, with a current and 
cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50* before being con- 
sidered for clinical nursing courses. 

6. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a 
nursing course. 

7. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course for 
progression and/or graduation. A grade of at least "C -" is required 
in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative grade point 
average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admission and progres- 
sion in nursing. (Cognate courses are Anatomy and Physiology, 
Nutrition, Developmental Psychology, Microbiology, Sociology, 
and Introduction to Psychology [for Orlando-based program on- 
ly]). 

8. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25 is required in 
nursing and in the cognates for graduation. 

9. Students with previous college work must have a minimum cur- 
rent and cumulative grade point average of 2.50* before being 
considered for clinical nursing courses. 

10. Students whose native language is other than English must 
achieve at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its 
equivalent. 

11. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on 
standardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in progression in 
the program will be required if performance level is not achieved. 

12. Following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee, 
transfer students from another major or another college will be 
evaluated individually and accepted on a space available basis. 

1 3 . Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is 
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be 
approved by the Nursing Progressions Committee. 

14. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and moral 
fitness . Further references or information may be required regard- 

I *On a 4.00 sgale 



1 



Nursing 



ing character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a question in 
these areas. 
15. A licensed practical nurse or ex-Army medic may challenge Basic 
Nursing I, NRSG 105. Arrangements to challenge must be made 
with the coordinator of the first year of the program. Challenge 
involves clinical and theory evaluation. 

The following should be sent to the Director of Admissions by March 1 
for the fall class and by October 15 for the winter class: (1) application to 
the College, (2) application to the Division of Nursing, (3) transcripts, (4) 
ACT scores. The fall class usually fills by the end of May. Students who 
for various reasons are not able to complete a semester or do not progress 
with their class, cannot be assured placement in their choice of sub- 
sequent class. 

CURRICULUM (First and Second Year) 

The Division of Nursing reserves the right to withdraw or revise 
courses as deemed necessary. All hour values are in semester hours. 
Completion of these requirements leads to an Associate of Science de- 
gree and eligibility to sit for state board examinations. 



COLLEGEDALE-BASED PROGRAM 
Number of Hours Required: 

Nursing 35 

Behavioral Science 6 



Natural Science 12 
General Education 15 



Sample Sequence: 










1st 


2nd 


Summer 




Sem 


Sem 


BIOL 105 


Anatomy 


J5 




First Year 








BIOL 106 


Physiology 


3 




PSYC 128 


Developmental Psychology 




3* 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 




NRSG 105 


Basic Nursing I 


5 




NRSG 116 


Basic Nursing II 




5** 


NRSG 117 


Basic Nursing II 




5** 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 




RELT 


Religion 


3* 




ENGL 102 


College Composition 




A* 




TOTAL 


17 


16 


Summer 








NRSG 215 


Basic Nursing III 


_4 





173 



Nursing 



174 



Second Year 




BIOL 125 


Microbiology 


RELT 


Religion 


NRSG 216 


Basic Nursing in 


NRSG 217 


Basic Nursing III 


NRSG 218 


Basic Nursing IV 


SOCI 125 


Sociology 


HIST 


(AreaC-1)*** 


NRSG 223 


Nursing Seminar 




TOTAL 



4 
4 



3 
_ J. 

14 14 



* Offered on both Collegedale and Orlando campuses. 
**Offered only on the Orlando campus. 
***If World History not taken in high school, must be HIST 174 or 175. 

NRSG 050. Nursing Therial Course (non-credit) 6 hours 

This course is designed to review and consolidate theoretical and clinical | 
components of the first two years of the nursing program. The experiences I 
focus upon medical-surgical, obstetrical, mental nealth, and the nursing of I 
children. The student is expected to perform satisfactorily on examinations 
and in the clinical area following each rotation. Failure to meet the require- 
ments in any rotation results in termination from the nursing program. 

NRSG 105. Basic Nursing I: Foundations 5 hours 

Prerequisite: Chemistry (high school or equivalent). 

Co-requisites: FDNT 125, BIOL 106. 

This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, and spiritual 

aspects of health care. The student develops an understanding of the roles of 

the nurse, utilizes the nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills j 

common to all areas of nursing with an emphasis on gerontology (three 

hours theory, two hours clinical). (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 116. Basic Nursing II: Medical-Surgical 5 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 105, FDNT 125, NRSG 105. 
Must meet college math requirements. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing in 
dealing with selected basic needs of adults at different points on the 
wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on the aged, individu- 
als experiencing surgical intervention, and those with selected medical- 
surgical problems. Tne nursing process is utilized to promote physical, 
Esychosocial, and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist in re- 
abilitation (two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth hours 
clinical). (Fall, Spring) 



NRSG 117. Basic Nursing II: The Childbearing Family 5 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 105, FDNT 125, NRSG 105. 

Must meet college math requirements. 

This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care 

of childbearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial, 

and spiritual health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during, 

and immediately following delivery, utilizing the nursing process (three 

hours theory, two hours clinical). (Fall, Spring) 



Nursing 



NRSG 215. Basic Nursing III: Parent-Child 4 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 128; NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 106. 1/5 

Co-requisite: BIOL 125. 

This course provides nursing students with the theory and practice of 
family-centered care of children at different points on the wellness-illness 
continuum (two and three-fourths hours theory, one and one-fourth hours 
clinical). (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

NRSG 216. Basic Nursing III: Medical-Surgical 4 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 106, PSYC 128. 
Co-requisite: BIOL 125. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing in 
continuing to deal with selected basic needs of adults at different points on 
the wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on nursing process 
as applied to individuals who are experiencing interferences of the cardio- 
vascular and endocrine system; promoting physical, psychosocial, and 
spiritual health; intervening in illness; and assisting in rehabilitation. Two 
and one-fourth hours theory, one and three-fourths hours clinical. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

NRSG 217. Basic Nursing III: Mental-Health 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 106, PSYC 128. 

Co-requisite: BIOL 125. 

This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing 

process in intervening with clients througnout the life span with emphasis 

on specific psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness 

continuum [2% hours theory, 1Y2 hour clinical). (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

NRSG 218. Basic Nursing IV: Medical-Surgical 7 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 125, NRSG 215, 216, 217. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of utilizing the 
nursing process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial, 
physical, and spiritual aspects of individuals who have medical-surgical 
interferences. The impact of historical events and current trends upon the 
future of nursing is considered as well as the problems and responsibilities 
of the registered nurse. The student is introduced to leadership concepts 
(three hours theory, four hours clinical). (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 223. Nursing Seminar 1 hour 

This course is designed to aid the student in validating and consolidating 
previous learning experiences. The seminar will include intensive review of 
all areas of nursing. A series of comprehensive examinations will be given at 
the culmination or the seminar. The student must perform at a pre-specified 
level on each area of the comprehensive examination. If a student fails to 
achieve this level, a grade of *T' or incomplete will be given for the course. 
Removal of this "I" will necessitate the student's successful completion of 
the non-credit remedial course NRSG 050 which includes clinical and 
theoretical components from all areas of nursing. Examinations during the 
remedial course will monitor a student's continued progress in the Division 
of Nursing. 



Nursing 



UPPER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are 
listed below. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in 
nursing is made by the Division of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing 
major is not the equivalent of acceptance to the Division of Nursing. 

1. Acceptance to Southern College. 

2. Minimum grade point average of 2.25 for lower division courses in 
nursing. 

3. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 with no grade 
below "C— " for lower division cognate courses. 

4. Students whose native language is other than English must pass an 
English proficiency test. If the student fails the English proficiency 
test, he must take remedial work in written and spoken English and 
repeat the proficiency test with a passing grade before entering 
nursing. 

5. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on 
standardized tests. Remedial work will be required if performance 
level is not achieved. 

6. Following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee, 
transfer students from another major or another college will be 
evaluated individually and assisted in fitting into the program. 

7. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is 
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be 
approved by the Nursing Progression Committee. 

8. The applicant must show evidence of moral, physical, social, and 
intellectual maturity. Further references or information may be 
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a 
question in these areas. 

9. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout their 
upper division program. 

10. Eligibilty for Licensure: 

Applicants to be considered for admission to junior standing in 
nursing must either have a current license to practice as a regis- 
tered nurse in the U.S. or, if a new graduate or foreign student, must 
be eligible to sit for state boards. A student must pass state board 
examinations before registering for senior clinical nursing courses. 

11. Experience: 

A. Student who has graduated within five years prior to applica- 
tion. 

1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references 
are required from basic nursing program. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 





within the previous twelve months will be exempt from the 
work requirement. 
B. Student who has graduated more than five years prior to appli- 
cation. 

1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in nurs- 
ing for each five years since graduation and one year must be 
in the last five years. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 
required from employer(s). 

12. Nursing Credit: 

A. Associate Degree Graduate. 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree nursing pro- 
gram will have met nursing requirements for the first two years 
of the program. 

B, Diploma Graduate. 

Graduates of a state approved diploma program will be 
evaluated on an individual basis. A maximum of thirty-five 
semester hours of nursing credit may be given which is equal to 
the requirements of the first two years of nursing at Southern 
College. 

13. General Education and Cognates: 

A. Associate Degree. 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will 
be considered to have met general education requirements for 
the first two years of the program, including history and 
mathematics requirements. (If an Area C-l course was not in- 
cluded in the associate degree program, it must be taken in 
fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science degree general education 
requirements of "3 hours Area C or D.") 

B. Diploma Graduate. 

1 . Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those required 
at Southern College if received from an accredited senior or 
junior college or by examination according to the policy 
stated in the bulletin. 

2. All cognates for the first two years must be completed before 
entering junior nursing courses. General education re- 
quirements may be taken concurrently. 

14. Progression: 

A. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a 
nursing course. 

B . A grade of at least C (2,00) is required in each nursing course for 
progression and graduation. A grade of at least "C— " is re- 
quired in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative 



Nursing 



Nursing 



c. 



grade point average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admis- 
sion, progression, and graduation in nursing. (Cognate courses 
are CHEM 201 and 202, Selected Concepts in Biochemistry; 
BHSF 215, Statistics; KELT 373, Christian Ethics.) 
Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance 
on standardized tests. Remedial work will be required if per- 
formance level is not achieved. 



*On 4.00 scale. 
CURRICULUM (Third and Fourth Years) 

The Division of Nursing reserves the right to withdraw or revise 
courses as deemed necessary. All hour values are in semester hours. 

Students must take a total of 1 2 7 hours required for graduation includ- 
ing 40 hours upper division. 

Number of hours required: 

Nursing 32 

Behavioral Science 6 
Sample Sequence 

Third Year 



Natural Sciences 6 
General Education 15 



NRSG 394 
NRSG 327 
CHEM 201 
CHEM 202 
BHSF 215 
RELT 373 
NRSG 335 
NRSG 325 



Fourth Year 

NRSG 425 
NRSG 484 



NRSG 485 



PSYC or 
SOCI 



Nursing Research 
Nursing Assessment 
Selected Concepts in Biochemistry 
Selected Concepts in Biochemistry 
Statistics 
Christian Ethics 
Community Health 
Advanced Physiology 
TOTAL 



Advanced Nursing Concepts 

Advanced Nursing Practice I 
(Primary Care With 
Research Component) 

Advanced Nursing Practice II 
(Management With 
Research Component) 

Area.C or D— An area C course is re- 
quired unless an Area C course was 
included in the associate degree. 

AreaD)*** 

Religion 

Elective 

Area F-l, Upper Division 

Behavioral Science) 
TOTAL 



1st 


2nd 


Sem 


Sem 




3 


4 




3 






3 




3 


3 






6 


_4 




14 


15 


1st 


2nd 


Sem 


Sem 


5** 





15 



3 
3 
3 
3 

_3 

15 



^Offered only on Orlando campus. 

*One of the general electives in Area C or D must be on the upper division 
level. 






Nursing 



NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic 

Principles of Human Physiology 4 hours 

This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with 
clinical practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic inter- 
ferences, and to move toward more independent predictive care of patient/ 
client. Four hours theory. Arranged as needed for Consortium students only. 
(Fall) 

NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours 

Prerequisite: Junior standing in nursing. 

This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the 
expanding role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to de- 
velop advanced skills in utilizing the nursing process through history 
taking, physical examination, health planning, and counseling of the 
patient/client. Two and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hours clini- 
cal. Arranged as needed for Consortium students only. (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours 

A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with 
emphasis on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their 
optimal level of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course 
combines community and mental health concepts (three hours theory, three 
hours clinical). (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis on 
community assessment and working with groups, (two hours theory, one 
hour clinical). (Fall, arranged as needed, for Consortium students only) 

NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 346. 

A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with 

emphasis on moving individuals, families and communities toward their 

optimal levels of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This 

course combines community and mental health concepts (one hour theory, 

two hours clinical). (Spring, arranged as needed, for Consortium students 

only) 

NRSG 394. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Junior standing in nursing. 
Pre- or co-requisite: BHSF 215. 

Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including 
framework for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The 
student plans a mini-research project. The course is designed to give the 
student the concepts, methods, ana tools for intelligent participation in and 
application of research and evaluation. In addition to the research compo- 
nent, this course orients the student to the goals and philosophy of profes- 
sional practice. Four hours theory. Arranged as needed for Consortium 
students only. (Spring) 



Nursing 



180 



NRSG 425. Advanced Nursing Concepts 5 hours 

Prerequisites: All junior level nursing courses and cognates. 
This course teaches the process of conceptualization. It provides part of the 
theory base for the nursing elective and explores in-deptn concepts, includ- 
ing the principles of administration, management and education. Current 
issues facing the professional baccalaureate nurse are explored. Each stu- 
dent is required to develop and present concepts in order to gain experience 
in applying and integrating his knowledge and demonstrate his under- 
standing. Students are expected and encouraged to make clinical and 
scholastic application of course content in their nursing practice. Five hours 
theory. (Fall, Spring — Orlando; Arranged as needed tor Consortium stu- 
dents only-^Collegedale) 

NRSG 484. Advanced Nursing Practice I 

(Primary Care with Research Component) (W) 5 hours 

Pre- or co-requisite: NRSG 425. 

This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of 
specialized interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical compe- 
tence. The choices of clinical areas may be limited due to the number of 
students in the semester. The scientific method of inquiry will be utilized in 
conducting a research project (one hour theory, four hours clinical). (Fall, 
Spring — Orlando) (Arranged as needed for Consortium students only — 
Collegedale) 

NRSG 485. Advanced Nursing Practice II 

(Management With Research Component) 5 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 484 
Pre- or co-requisite: NRSG 425, 

This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independent 
judgment in developing clinical competence and management skills. This 
goal will be accomplished primarily through the leadership modes of re- 
search, management and administrative experiences in selected clinical 
areas. One hour theory, four hours clinical. (Fall, Spring — Orlando; Ar- 
ranged as needed for Consortium students only) 

NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of division chairman. 

Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the depart- 
ment prior to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be 
earned. The area of directed study will appear on the transcript. No more 
than six hours directed study may be applied toward a degree. 

(W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



THE ORLANDO CENTER 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists, Orlando Center 

711 Lake Estelle Drive, Orlando, FL 32803 

College — (305) 898-5881 

Dormitory — (305) 896-3666 



Nursing 

General Information 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists offers at its Orlando lol 
Center an alternative to its main campus nursing program. It is adminis- 
tered by three on-campus personnel: a vice president, an associate 
chairman for the nursing division and a resident hall director. The 
program at the Orlando Center is dedicated to the same Seventh-day 
Adventist ideals and philosophies that guide the main campus. Like the 
main campus, the Orlando Center employs professionally trained, high 
quality staff members. Presently only nursing and general education 
classes are offered, and these are all part of the two degree programs at 
the center: an Associate in Science in Nursing and the Bachelor of 
Science in Nursing. The latter is a part-time program primarily for 
employees of Florida Hospital who want to upgrade their degree. The 
National League for Nursing accreditation status of the main campus 
applies fully to the Orlando Center. The Center has approval from the 
Florida State Board of Nursing and the Florida State Board of Independ- 
ent Colleges. 

Facilities 

All facilities normally associated with the education and training of 
nurses are available at the Orlando Center. The College's main building 
houses on the ground floor the administrative and teachers' offices, the 
library, a skills lab and a large classroom; on the second and third floors 
the residence hall. Other classrooms, lab facilities, the cafeteria, and 
recreation areas are located in the immediate vicinity. Clinical experi- 
ence is available mainly at the Florida Hospital which is located in close 
proximity to the main building of the college. 

Financial Information 

Tuition charges and residence hall rates are the same as on the main 
campus and are listed, along with other applicable financial policies, in 
the appropriate section of the catalog. Financial aid is available on the 
same basis at the Orlando Center as on the main campus. All charges for 
tuition and room rent are paid to the main campus office. Jobs are 
available at the Orlando Center to help students defray the cost of their 
education. 

Student Services 

Residence Hall Living. Located on the campus of Florida Hospital and 
overlooking beautiful Lake Estelle, the residence hall provides a place 
for students to enjoy meeting life with capability and equanimity. Stu- 
dents who take at least three semester hours of work may live in the 
residence hall or annex. A more autonomous lifestyle is possible in the 
annex. No obligation is assumed by Southern College for married stu- 
dent housing. 

Student Association. The Student Association, through its elected 



Nursing 

officers, provides an active social life for the campus. Students are also 
| OO appointed to serve on several staff and nursing committees. 

Campus Chaplain. Orlando Center residents enjoy the association of a 
campus chaplain who ministers to the needs of the students in church- 
related activities such as Friday evening vespers, worships in the resi- 
dence hall and Christian fellowship organizations. 

Guidance and Counseling. Students who desire assistance and coun- 
seling in any area of social, academic or personal problems have availa- 
ble the services of a qualified counselor. 

Health Service. Health service is made available to the student 
through the Family Practice Center of Florida Hospital. The college 
assists the students by paying up to 50% of the deductible amount of the 
insurance coverage provided by the college. 

Cafeteria. Students enjoy the cafeteria and snack bar located at Florida 
Hospital. Meal charges are placed on the student's monthly statement. 
There is no minimum charge. 

Cultural Activities and recreational facilities of the greater Orlando 
area, the Florida Hospital and local educational institutions, the stu- 
dents may enjoy a wide range of programs designed to enrich their 
growth in these areas. 

Admissions and Progression for Associate Degree Program 

Students are admitted to and based at the Orlando Center for the entire 
program. One class limited to 40 students, is admitted each fall semester 
of the academic year. 

Admission and Progression requirements are the same as for the 
nursing program based in Collegedale (see pages 170 to 172 of this 
bulletin) with the following exceptions: 

1 . All application forms and materials are sent to the Orlando Center. 

2. The student who successfully challenges Basic Nursing I will be 
accepted to begin nursing courses in January (spring semester) on a 
space available basis. 

3. Students may transfer between the Orlando Campus program and 
the Collegedale program with special permission only. 

4. Students who withdraw in good standing are eligible to return on a 
space available basis only. 

5. Applications, transcripts from high school, other colleges (if 
applicable) and all other supporting documents must be received 
by March 1 for the fall class. Please send to: 

Admissions and Records 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists 

Division of Nursing 

711 Lake Estelle Drive 

Orlando, FL 32803 

6. Applicants will be notified of acceptance by April 1. 



Nursing 

7, Completed medical and dental forms must be received one month 

prior to enrolling in the first clinical nursing course. This is be- | Q9 
cause a health clearance is necessary before beginning care of ***** 
patients. 

The philosophy and objectives for the nursing program are the same as 
the Collegedale-based program (see section on nursing, pages 167 to 
168). Identical courses are required in both programs with the exception 
that an additional course, Introduction to Psychology, PSYC 124, is 
required at the Orlando Center because of a requirement by the Florida 
State Board of Nursing. Thus 71 hours are required for graduation rather 
than the 68 required of nursing students at Collegedale. Other gradua- 
tion requirements are identical. All diplomas are issued from the main 
campus. 

Applicants wishing to attend general education courses only will be 
admitted to these classes on a space available basis. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING 

Orlando-based Program: 

Major: Thirty-five hours for the Associate of Science degree including 
NRSG 105, 116, 117, 215, 216, 217, 218, 223. Required cognates: BIOL 
105, 106, 125, PSYC 124, 128, SOCI 125, FDNT 125. General education 
requirements: Area A, B, C, E, and F as required for other disciplines of 
the College. Students are exempt from general education requirements 
for Areas D and G. A total of 71 semester hours is required for the 
Associate of Science degree. 



CURRICULUM (First and Second Year) 

The Division of Nursing reserves the right to withdraw or revise 
courses as deemed necessary. All hour values are in semester hours. 
Completion of these requirements leads to an Associate of Science de- 
gree and eligibility to sit for state board examinations. 

ORLANDO-BASED PROGRAM 

Number of Hours Required: 

Nursing 35 Natural Science 12 

Behavioral Science 9 General Education 15 

Pre-entrance Requirements: BIOL 105 and PSYC 124 are required 
prior to admission to the fall semester nursing classes either by transfer 
credit or course credit at Southern College, Orlando campus. 



Nursing 



Sample Sequence: 
Summer 


1st 
Sem 


2nd 

Sem 


BIOL 105 
PSYC 124 


Anatomy 

Introduction to Psychology 
TOTAL 


3 
_3 

6 




First Year 








BIOL 106 
ENGL 101 
FDNT 125 
NRSG 105 
NRSG 116 
NRSG 117 
PSYC 128 
RELT 125 


Physiology 
College Composition 
Nutrition 
Basic Nursing I 
Basic Nursing II 
Basic Nursing II 
Developmental Psychology 
Religion 
TOTAL 


3 
3 
3 
5 

14 


5 

5 

3 

_3 

16 


Summer 








NRSG 217 
SOCI 125 


Basic Nursing III 
Introduction to Sociology 
TOTAL 


4 
7 




Second Year 








BIOL 125 
ENGL 102 
NRSG 215 
NRSG 216 
NRSG 218 
NRSG 223 
RELT 
HIST 


Microbiology 
College Composition 
Basic Nursing III 
Basic Nursing III 
Basic Nursing IV 
Nursing Seminar 
Religion 
Area C-l* 
TOTAL 


3 
3 
4 
4 

14 


7 

1 

3 

J 

14 



*If World History not taken in high school, must be HIST 174 or 175. 

Admission and Progression for the Bachelor of Science Program 

For information about this part-time program, contact the Associate 
Chairman of the Nursing Division, 711 Lake Estelle Dr. f Orlando, FL 
32803. 






11.1' 



IS 
LORD 



■s. 




■ 



1 ■ 



■ ■ 



DIVISION OF RELIGION 

Chairman: Gordon Hyde 

Douglas Bennett, Jack Blanco, Jerry Gladson, 
Norman Gulley, Ronald Springett, Edwin Zackrison 

The Division of Religion offers one major with several minors to 
provide for the diversified interests and ambitions of students. The 
Bachelor of Arts degree in Religion serves candidates for the ministry of 
the Seventh-day Adventist Church, providing the undergraduate 
academic preparation for the Theological Seminary of Andrews Univer- 
sity, Berrien Springs, Michigan. The Bachelor of Arts degree in Religion 
is also a suitable degree for students who may be preparing to serve as 
secondary teachers, Bible instructors, chaplain's assistants, and for 
those who may be preparing for various other professions, such as 
medicine, dentistry, and law. All majors must arrange their programs 
with a teacher in the Division of Religion and have that program ap- 
proved by the division. Each program will be individualized for the 
student and approval will be granted on the following considerations: 
first, evidence of a program having both balance and diversity; second, 
the needs of each student professionally and individually must be con- 

185 



Religion 



186 



sidered; and third, all general education and major requirements must be 
fulfilled. 

Beyond these considerations, the division is also endeavoring to help 
both the major and non-major students develop a personal religious life 
in commitment and service as well as to enhance their appreciation and 
understanding of God as Creator and Redeemer. It also seeks to enlarge 
the student's appreciation and comprehension of the Bible as the infalli- 
ble rule of faith and practice for the Christian and to foster an under- 
standing of and a loyalty to the mission of this college and of the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

Students who wish to be admitted to the religion program in prepara- 
tion for the ministry must file a formal application with the Division of 
Religion during the first semester of their sophomore year. All sopho- 
more ministerial students must take a battery of vocational tests before 
being permitted to continue upper division work. The time for the test 
will be announced by the department. Upper class transfer students 
must file an application during the first semester in residence. The 
applicant must have an overall cumulative 2.25 grade point, dem- 
onstrate competence in English communication skills, and show evi- 
dence of moral, physical, social, and intellectual fitness, emotional 
maturity, and professional commitment. Only those who complete the 
requirements will be recommended by the division as prospective 
ministerial employees, and those students who plan to attend Andrews 
University must have a cumulative GPA at the time of graduation of no 
less than 2.50. 

Religion majors are required to attend professional chapels. If at any 
time after being admitted to the ministerial program, students provide 
evidence of failing to live up to the stated criteria listed, they may be 
dropped from the major. The criteria for admission to the ministerial 
training program may be obtained from the Division of Religion. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGION 

Major: Thirty hours to include RELB 125, 345, 346, 425, 426, 435, 436; 
RELT 138, 225, 255, 373, 484. Additional requirements for the Ministe- 
rial Tracks and Teacher Education Track are as follows: 

Ministerial Track — Non-Seminary: A Practical Theology minor and 
the following cognate courses: HIST 364, 365; SPCH 135; RELL 271, 272. 

Teacher Education Track: Professional and general education courses 
as outlined in the Educational section of the catalog and a minor of the 
student's choice. EDUC 438, Special Methods of Teaching Bible, must be 
included. 

The Division of Religion strongly recommends that ministerial stu- 
dents choose the seminary track. The Division further recommends that 







Religion 

they broaden their professional training by selecting the following 
courses to fulfill general education requirements: PSYC 128 (F-l); BUAD 1 ft/ 
128 (F-2); SOCI 223 (F-2); CPTR 120 (G-2); and the following as electives: 
ACCT 121; BUAD 334, 344; INDS 175, 177, 264. 

Directed field education provided by the Division of Religion is re- 
quired of ministerial students. Participation in these experiences, which 
are designed to enhance professional development, is necessary in order 
for the student to be granted a ministerial recommendation by the Divi- 
sion. The four-year curriculum in field education is as follows: 

Freshman Campus Ministries 

Sophomore New Testament Witnessing 

Junior Church Ministries 

Senior Bible Studies and Preaching 

An evangelism field school is conducted under the auspices of the 
Division each summer and offers up to five hours of academic credit. 
Additional programs for individual students and student teams may be 
available by approval of the Division to accommodate requests from the 
conferences of the; Southern Union Conference. Satisfactory prior ar- 
rangements must be made with the Division of Religion. 

Details concerning the field school and the associated programs and 
application forms for these programs are available through the Division 
of Religion. 

Minor — Religion. Eighteen hours including six upper division hours 
and RELT 138, 255. No more than one course may be selected from the 
following: RELT 317, 318, 325. 

Minor— Biblical Languages. Eighteen hours including RELL 271, 
272, 311, 312,471, 472. 

Minor— Practical Theology. Eighteen hours including RELB 236; 
RELP 321, 322, 351, 352, 455; SPCH 136, EDUC 133. 

Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the first 
teaching field. He may add denominational certification in Religion by 
taking the following minor. RELT 133, 255, and 12 hours selected from 
the following: RELB 125, 236, 345, 346, 425, 426, 435, 436. 

Students seeking state certification only must take 12 hours selected 
from the following: RELB 125, 345, 346, 368, 425, 426, 435, 436. Note 
that RELB 236 will not be accepted by the state for certification and RELB 
368 will not be accepted by the denomination. 

Students who wish to obtain teacher certification must apply to the 
Department of Education and Human Science before the end of their 
sophomore year to be admitted to the teacher education program and 
before the end of their junior year to be admitted to the professional 
education semester. 



Religion 






BIBLICAL STUDIES 



RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus I (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis 
upon His teachings as they apply to the personal, social, and religious 
problems of the individual. (Fall, Spring) 

RELB 236. Biblical Interpretation (B-l) 2 hours 

An introduction to the theory and practice of biblical exegesis and her- 
meneutics. Designed to enrich anyone wishing to learn how to read and 
understand the Scriptures, the course will focus on the nature of the biblical 
text, available resources for interpretation, and the proper procedures in- 
volved in adequate exegesis. Some consideration will also be given to the 
interpretation of the writings of Ellen G. White. (Fall, Spring) 

RELB 345. Pentateuch and Writings (B-l) 2 hours 

An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, the first and third major 
divisions of the Old Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, 
theme, theological content, and historical setting of this literature. (Fall, 
Summer) 

RELB 346. Old Testament Prophets (B-l) 2 hours 

An introduction to the Prophets, the second major division of the Old 
Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theological 
content, and historical setting of this literature. (Spring, Summer) 

RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) 2 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover 

their meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, Spring) 

RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 2 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their histori- 
cal fulfillments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special 
message for our day. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELB 435. Pauline Epistles I (B-l) 2 hours 

An introduction to and exegetical survey of the following epistles: 1 and 2 
Thessalonians, 1 and 2 Corinthians, and Galatians. Includes a background 
survey of the book of Acts. (Fall, Summer). 

RELB 436. Pauline Epistles II (B-l) 2 hours 

An introduction to and exegetical survey of Romans, Prison, and Pastoral 
epistles, and Hebrews. (Spring, Summer) 

RELIGION 

RELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the worldwide advent emphasis of the early nineteenth century 






and the subsequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church and 
faith, and of the contributory role played by the spiritual gift of prophecy in 
its development. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



Religion 
189 



RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: One college Biblical Studies or Religion course. 
Last-Day Events is a Biblical, theological and historical study of eschatology 
rooted in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day 
Adventist contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in 
the past and present. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered 
context. This course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a view 
to enhancing the student's understanding and ability to provide Biblical 
support for his faith. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion (B-2) 3 hours 

(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 317.) 

RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (B-2) 3 hours 

(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 318.) 

RELT 325. Issues in Natural Science and Religion (B-2) 3 hours 

(See Division of Natural Science listings, BIOL 325.) 

RELT 326. Sanctuary and Atonement (B-2), (W) 3 hours 

The study of the underlying principles of the plan of salvation as revealed in 
the sanctuary services of tne Old Testament. (Spring) 

RELT 339. Selected Studies in Religion (B-2) 3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious 
studies dealing with vital issues, theological areas, and biblical studies. The 
subject will change each semester and it may be repeated once for credit. 
Open to all students. (Spring) 

RELT 367. Philosophy of Religion (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the basic concepts of religion from a philosophical viewpoint. 
Attention will be given to such major questions as religious experience, 
reason and faith, theism and atheism; religious language, and the problem of 
evil. (Spring) 

RELT 368. Comparative Religions (B-2) 3 hours 

Theological study of the major Christian and non-Christian religions of the 
world, including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics of 
each. (Fall, Spring) 

RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course in the study of ethical methodology. This course 
surveys a number of approaches to discovering and implementing an ethical 



Religion 



190 



I 



norm. These norms are applied to current personal and social issues rele- 
vant to the student. (Fall, Spring) 

KELT 484. Christian Theology (B-2), (W) 3 hours 

An introduction to the theological method with (1) general application to 
the fundamental beliefs of the Seventh-day Adventist Church, and (2) par- 
ticular study of Christology and Pneumatology. (Fall, Spring) 

KELT 295/495. Directed Study {B-2) 1-3 hours 

This course is limited to Religion and Theology majors and must be ap- 
proved by the chairman of the Division of Religion. Occasionally the course 
may be conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 

RELP 127. Student Missions Orientation 1-2 hours 

A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences, 
interpersonal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social 
and monetary problems, personal qualifications for service and relevant 
denominational policies for overseas service. The course is required by the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists for those under appointment 
as student missionaries. (Spring) 

RELP 321. Homiletics I 2 hours 

Prerequisite: SPCH 135. 

An introduction to sermon development and delivery. Attention will be 

given to the sermon structure and the preparation of biographical and 

topical sermons. Opportunity will be given to preach and analyze sermons. 

One lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior year. 

(Fall) 

RELP 322. Homiletics II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: SPCH 135 and RELP 321. 

Expository, textual, and evangelistic sermon types will be considered. One 
field trip will be required. Opportunity will be provided to develop profi- 
ciency in preaching. One class lecture and two laboratories each week. To be 
taken in the junior year. (Spring) 

RELP 351. Pastoral Ministry I 2 hours 

This course will introduce the future minister to the holy vocation of 
ministry, to the denominational structure, to the church manual, and to his 
various administrative responsibilities. (Fall) 

RELP 352. Pastoral Ministry II 2 hours 

A study of the pastor's work as it relates to the local congregation, the 
community, and to the Seventh-day Adventist denomination. Attention 
will be given to the various services in the ministry of a local pastor. (Spring) 

RELP 455. Personal and Public Evangelism 3 hours 

A study of principles and successful methods employed in soul-winning. 
Attention will be given to concepts and liiethods from personal to large 
group evangelism.(Fall, Summer) 



Religion 



BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 



RELL 271:272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours 

A study of the grammar and syntax of the vernacular koine Greek of New 
Testament times, with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work 
required, (Fall, Spring) 

RELL 311:312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A course in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of koine Greek with 
translation of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the 
Pauline Epistles. (Fall, Spring) 

RELL 471:472. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 2,2 hours 

A foundation course for pastors in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of 
classical Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Selections from the 
Hebrew Bible will be studied. Laboratory work required. (471, Fall; 472, 
Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Bible 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. EDUC 133. 
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing 
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of 
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester 
during the senior year. (Spring) 

(B-l), (B-2), (D-l), (W) See pages 20-23 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 

SELF/SUPPORTING WORK 

OCED 204. Principles of Self-Supporting Work 2 hours 

The objectives of this course are to set forth principles from the Spirit of 
Prophecy; review the history and successes and failures of self-supporting 
institutions; study plans and methods of operation and set before the stu- 
dent the needs and call for active involvement as lay members to help finish 
the work of the church. (Fall) 

OCED 206. Christian Salesmanship 2 hours 

To teach the psychology, techniques and methods of selling Christian litera- 
ture. 

COLLEGE WITHIN A COLLEGE 

The Student Association administers a program of mini-courses 
called College Within a College. The courses are two contact hours in 
length and cover a variety of subjects. One semester hour of credit will be 
awarded upon completion of twenty such mini-courses. A maximum of 
four semester hours of elective credit will be awarded through this 
program. Consult the Student Association College Within a College 
Bulletin concerning courses, times, and costs. 



191 



NON-DEGREE 
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS 

Pre-professional and pre-technical curricula are offered in a wide 
variety of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. If 
other pre-professional programs are desired, faculty advisors are pre- 
pared to assist the student in working out a satisfactory sequence of 
courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the chosen pro- 
fessional school. 

ANESTHESIA 

Advisor: Katie Lamb 

Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas 
maybe interested in becoming registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation 
from an approved program of nursing and a valid nursing license is 
required. Additional requirements may be determined by consulting the 
Bulletin for the Loma Linda University School of Allied Health Profes- 
sions and/or the Nursing Department. 

DENTISTRY 

Advisor: 

Because of competition for admission to schools of Dentistry, most 
applicants have completed a four-year college degree rather than the 
required minimum of two years of college. 

Successful applicants to Dental School must make satisfactory scores 
on the Dental Admissions Test in addition to meeting G.P.A. and per- 
sonal qualifications. For a reasonable chance of admission to Loma 
Linda, it is recommended that the student maintain a minimum G.P.A. of 
3.0 in both science and non-science courses. Satisfactory performance 
on the Dental Dexterity Test is also required. 

The following courses must be included to meet the minimum re- 
quirements for admissions to the Loma Linda University School of 
Dentistry: 

BIOL 155, 156 8 hours 

BUAD 344 3 hours 

CHEM 151:152, 311:312, 313:314 16 hours 

ENGL 101:102 6 hours 

FDNT 125 3 hours 

INDS 174 (recommended) 4 horn's 

MATH 114 4 hours 

PHYS 211:212, 213:214 8 hours 



192 






Pre-Professional Curricula 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Physical Education 1 hour 

Religion 9 hours | Q<| 

Electives 8 hours * **** 

LAW 

Advisor: William Wohlers 

The student interested in the study of law as a profession should 
become acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law 
schools. A free copy of the brochure entitled "Law School Admission 
Test" may be secured by writing to the Educational Testing Service, Box 
944, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. This will make possible the planning 
of a pre-professional program which will qualify the student for admis- 
sion to several schools. Although admission is granted by some schools 
to gifted students after three years of college, it is wise to plan a course of 
study which will lead to a bachelor's degree with emphases in the 
following fields: business, history, English, and behavioral science. 
Certain courses recommended by all institutions include American his- 
tory, freshman composition, principles of economics, American gov- 
ernment, creative writing, principles of accounting, English history, 
business law, speech, and mathematics. 

The student is advised to obtain the booklet "Law Schools and Bar 
Admission Requirements" published by the Section of Legal Education 
and Admissions to the Bar, American Bar Association, 1155 East 60th 
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637, which provides information concerning 
the desired pre-professional backgrounds. 

MEDICINE 

Advisor: 

Medical colleges, as a rule, require the completion of academic re- 
quirements for a baccalaureate degree. Along with the completion of 
stated admission requirements, a broad college program of liberal educa- 
tion is preferred to give balance to professional studies and later service. 

Applicants for admission to the Loma Linda University School of 
Medicine should maintain a grade point average of at least 3.50 in both 
science and non-science courses. The following courses must be in- 
cluded in the applicant's academic program. Additional classes in biol- 
ogy and chemistry are recommended. 

BIOL 155, 156, 313 11 hours 

CHEM 151:152, 311:312, 313:314 16 hours 

ENGL 101:102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 115 8 hours 



Pre-professional Curricula 



PHYS 2111212; 213:214 8 hours 

194 Religion * 12 hours 

OPTOMETRY 

Advisor: Ray Hefferlin 

The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the 
student should follow the catalog from the school of his or her choice. 
However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and 
physics. Additional courses in the areas of fine arts, language, literature, 
and the social sciences are usually necessary. 

A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. However, 
additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into professional 
training. This is illustrated by the following data for the 1978 entering 
class for all Schools of Optometry: 

Semester Hours Completed % of Entering Class 
60-90 12 

91-120 21 

121+ 67 

Following is a list of pre-optometry courses required by most schools: 

BIOL 125 and 155:156 11 hours 

CHEM 151:152 8 hours 

ENGL 101:102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 115, 215 12 hours 

PHYS 211:212, 213:214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American Optometric 

Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 7000 Chippewa 

Street, St. Louis, Missouri 63119. 

OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE 

Advisor: 

A viable alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the 
M.D. degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates re- 
ceive the D.O. degree. 

Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the Kansas City School 
of Osteopathic Medicine, one of twelve osteopathic medical colleges in 
this country. 

Courses for admission are basically the same as those for Loma Linda 
except that Calculus is not required. 

For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point aver- 
age of 3.0 should be maintained in both science and non-science sub- 
jects. 



PHARMACY 

Advisor: 



Pre-professional Curricula 

195 



The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires 5 
years, the first two years of which may be taken at SC. 

Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat vari- 
able so the student should consult the catalog of the school of his choice 
for specific course recommendations. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Pharmacy at Memphis are: 

ACCT 121 3 hours 

BIOL 155:156 8 hours 

CHEM 151:152, 311:312, 313:314 16 hours 

ENGL 101:102 6 hours 

PHYS 211, 213 4 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours 

Social Sciences: 

Psychology 2 hours 

Other i 4 hours 

Speech 2 hours 

Electives 12 hours 

A minimum grade of "C" must be obtained for each required pre- 
pharmacy class. A higher grade point average will, of course, increase 
the chance of acceptance into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfac- 
tory score must be achieved on the National Pharmacy College Admis- 
sion Test, 

PUBLIC HEALTH SCIENCE 

Advisor: Dorothy Giacomozzi 

Today there is an increasing demand for programs that promote health 
and that prevent disease as well as treat it. Two major factors influencing 
this demand are (a) an effort to slow down or decrease the rising costs of 
medical care and (b) emphasis on improving the quality of life. The 
undergraduate program in public health science at Loma Linda Univer- 
sity provides an opportunity to emphasize the prevention of illness and 
the promotion of health. The first two years of the program are offered at 
SC after which the student transfers to Loma Linda to complete the work 
to receive the bachelor's degree in public health science. The following 
courses should be included in the pre-public health science curriculum 
to qualify for admission to LLU. Students not having had high school 
physics must enroll in college physical science. 



Pre-professional Curricula 



ENGL 101:102 6 hours 

1 Qfi Humanities (include at least two areas: speech (highly 
"" recommended), fine arts, foreign language, HMNT 

205, literature, philosophy) 9 hours 

BIOL 105, 106 or 155, 156, and 125 9-11 hours 

CHEM 111:112, 113, 114 8 hours 

MATH 104 3 hours 

PSYC 124, SOCI 125, ECON 225 9 hours 

Religion 9 horn's 

Electives sufficient to make a total of 64 hours chosen in 

consultation with advisor. 

The Allied Health Professions Admission Test is required. 

VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Advisor: Edgar Grundset 

Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is very 
keen. Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a de- 
gree rather than the required minimum of two years of college. 

The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary Ap- 
titude Test in addition to meeting grade point average and personal 
qualifications for admission. Professional training entails another four 
years of school beyond college. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are: 

BIOL 125, 155:156 11 hours 

CHEM 151:152, 311:312, 313:314, 323 20 hours 

ENGL 101:102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 115 9 hours 

PHYS 211:212, 213:214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Humanities 8 hours 

Social Sciences 8 hours 

Speech 2 hours 

Animal Science (not offered at SC) 9 hours 






STUDENT FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

1984-85 
FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT 

Southern College strives to give every student the opportunity to 
obtain a Christian education. The administrators of SC and Student 
Finance Office personnel will make every effort to assist students in 
meeting their financial obligations in order to reach this goal. 

The Director of Student Finance will assist in financial planning by 
helping students to obtain employment on the Collegedale campus and 
financial aid in the form of grants, loans, and scholarships. Before 
registration EACH student must submit a payment agreement to the 
Student Accounts Office showing how he will finance his college ex- 
penses. 

Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is given 
below to assist the student in financial planning. 

STUDENT COSTS 

Tuition; 

Tuition charges range from $158 to $177 per hour. Students taking one 
to eleven hours will be charged at the rate of $175 per hour. Students 
taking over eleven hours will be charged as follows: 

Total Hours Tuition Charge Approximate Average 

Per Semester Per Semester Hourly Rate Per Semester 

12 $2120 $177 

13 2220 171 

14 2320 166 

15 2420 161 

16 2520 158 

17 2690 158 

18 2860 159 

No reduction in tuition charges will be given for program changes 
(other than COMPLETE withdrawals) made after four weeks following 
registration. 

FAMILY REBATE 

When two students from the same immediate family are in attendance 
at SC each taking eight semester hours or more and having the same 
financial sponsor, a tuition rebate of 5 percent will be applied to each 
statement. A 10 percent rebate will be applied when three or more 

197 



Student Financial Information 



198 



students have the same financial sponsor and are taking six or more 
semester hours each, 

MUSIC 

Private music lessons are offered for academic credit by the music 
faculty of Southern College and qualified teaching instructors (contract 
teachers) from the Chattanooga area. Private lessons without academic 
credit are offered through the prep program of the Music Division to 
elementary and secondary students in the area. Teaching in the prep 
program is done by contract teachers and Southern College music stu- 
dents. 

Enrollment for all music instruction must be for a full semester 
whether or not credit is desired. A minimum of twelve one-half hour 
lessons will be provided. No refund of tuition or lesson fees will be made 
after four weeks following registration. 
Private lesson fees with credit Per Semester 

Each class (tuition additional) $80.00 

Private lesson fees non-credit (Non-college students only) 

Each half-hour series of lessons (minimum 12 lessons) 

Study with contract teacher 130.00 

Study with student teacher 80.00 

Prep program students must register at the Music Division office, pay 
in full at the Cashier's Office, and bring the receipt to the Music Division 
office prior to scheduling lessons. 

SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES 

The following special fees and charges are assessed separately inas- 
much as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly: 

Application for admission (not refundable) $15.00 

Application for admission — late (not refundable) 20.00 

Automobile parking fee (per semester) — dormitory 25.00 

Automobile parking fee (per semester) — village 15.00 

Change of program 8.00 

Credit by examination (per hour) Recording Fee 25.00 

Examinations: 

Challenge or waiver 35.00 

CLEP 30.00 

Rescheduling mid-term or final 40.00 

Graduation in absentia 30.00 

Incomplete 5.00 i 

Industrial Education 

(approximate amount for tools and equipment) 200.00 

Insufficient funds check 10.00 



Student Financial Information 



Late Registration 25.00 

Late return of organizational uniform 15.00 1 QQ 

(The full cost will be charged if irreparably 
damaged or not returned.) 

Scuba ». 75.00 

Student insurance 85.00 

Spouse insurance 127.50 

Child/children insurance 127.50 

Nursing education fees (per semester)*: 

Associate degree 250.00 

Baccalaureate degree (after completing Assoc. Degree) . . 125.00 

*Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class. 
STATEMENT CHARGES 

The following items may be charged to the student's account: 

a. Books and required school supplies (maximum $165 each semes- 
ter). When a student reaches the maximum during the semester, 
all further books and supplies must be paid in cash. 

b. Nursing uniforms costing approximately $70 but not including 
capes or other non-required garments. 

c. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction 
must be made through the Admissions Office for a full semester 
whether or not credit is desired. One semester hour of private 

- music instruction consists of twelve one-half hour lessons. Re- 
funds will be granted only when the instructor is not available for 
lessons. 

HOUSING 

Residence Hall Costs 

Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $980 for the 
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August 
and January. Room charges are based on two students occupying one 
room and include health and infirmary care. 

A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be al- 
lowed to room alone at an additional cost of $60 per semester if sufficient 
rooms are available. 

No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the cam- 
pus. If a student drops classwork, a prorated portion of the semester 
charge beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room will be 
refunded. 

Room Deposits 

A $100 room deposit, paid at time of application, is required of each 
dormitory student enrolling at SC. It should be paid initially by July 1 in 



Student Financial Information 



order to insure a specific room reservation. The deposit will then be held 
200 ky ^e College for the entire period including summers during which the 
student lives in a residence hall while attending the College and will 
insure a room for the student when he returns each fall. 

If a student gives notice before July 1 that he will not be attending, his 
room deposit will be refunded. If notice of nonattendance is given after 
July 1 and at least four weeks before registration, $40 of the deposit will 
be refunded. The room deposit will not be refunded after August 1. 
Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged to the student's ac- 
count at the end of each academic year if necessary. 

Married Student Housing Costs 

College-owned apartments and mobile homes may be rented by mar- 
ried students taking a minimum of six hours each semester. The apart- 
ments range in size from two to six rooms and are either furnished or 
unfurnished. Rents range from $90 to $205 per month. Trailer space is 
available at $70 per month in the College Mobile Home Park for married 
students with their own trailer. Moving and parking charges are the 
responsibility of the owner. Storage facilities are available for an addi- 
tional $8 per month. 

Rent charges are based on the date of issue and return of keys and 
proper clearance with the Housing Manager (Business Manager's Of- 
fice). Married students renting either an apartment or a trailer from the 
College will be required to pay a housing deposit of $125 of which $50 is 
due with the housing application and the remaining $75 at the time the 
apartment or trailer is rented. This deposit will be refunded after ap- 
proval by the Housing Manager if the apartment or trailer is left clean 
and undamaged. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the student the privilege of 
choosing food and paying for what is selected. Board charges for stu- 
dents vary greatly. Students are encouraged to eat healthfully by avoid- 
ing between-meal snacks and by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus 
Kitchen where balanced meals are provided. A student getting a nutri- 
tionally adequate diet by eating all meals at the cafeteria should expect to 
pay approximately $6.50 per day. Dormitory students will be charged a 
minimum of $70 per month. Maximum allowable cafeteria charge will 
be $190 per month. Exceptions must be cleared through the Student 
Accounts Office. 

ADVANCE PAYMENTS 

Regular: An advance payment of $500 each semester is required before 
registration. For students residing in any dormitory housing, an addi- 
tional $100 is due before moving in. When a married couple enrolls for a 



Student Financial Information 



combined total of seventeen semester hours or less of classwork, they 

will be charged only one advance payment. The advance payment is 2111 

credited back to the student's account, one-half in October and one-half 

in March. 

International Students: In addition to the regular advance payment 
listed above, international students are required to pay the following: 

Supplemental International Student Payment: $1,000 is required 
to be paid before registration. This additional payment may be cred- 
ited to the student's account only through consultation with the 
Director of Student Accounts. 

International Student Travel Payment: An advance payment of 
$500 for students from Inter- and Central America; $750 for students 
from South America; $1,000 for students from all other countries. 
This deposit must be placed in the college business office before an 
Immigration 1-20 form will be issued. It will be held until the student 
terminates study at Southern College. This deposit is not a part of, but 
in addition to, the regular and supplemental deposits listed above. 

Nursing Students: Students accepted to the clinical nursing program 
are required to send an advance payment of $50 by July 1 to insure a 
reservation in the nursing program. This additional advance payment 
must be paid before registration and will be credited to the student's 
account at the end of the semester in which the student entered the 
nursing program. If a student applies for the nursing program but does 
not attend the College, the $50 nursing advance payment will be for- 
feited. 



ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY 

Students wishing to study abroad under the Adventist Colleges 
Abroad program must pay $100 with their admission application and 
sign the payment agreement in the Student Accounts Office stating that 
the required ACA charges for the year will be paid to Southern College 
before departure from the states. 

ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET 

Average Costs for Students 
in Residence HalJs: 

Tuition (based on fifteen hours 

per semester) 
Books, supplies, and miscellaneous 
Rent 
Food {$160 per month average) 

TOTAL 
*Personal expenses not included. 



One 


Both 


Semester 


Semesters 


$2420.00 


$4840.00 


165.00 


330.00 


490.00 


980.00 


640.00 


1280.00 



$3715.00* $7430.00* 



Student Financial Information 



202 



METHOD OF PAYMENT 

Community students and residence hall students may choose one of 
the three methods of payment below. 

Payment Plan I. Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges 
for tuition, room, and board for a semester are paid in cash at registration, 
a discount of FIVE percent is allowed on this cash payment. Amounts 
paid as a result of student loans, grants, or scholarships are excluded 
from the amount on which the discount is allowed. Students choosing to 
pay cash in advance must bring with them at registration time the full 
amount required by the plan for the semester, less any advance payments 
or credits. They will also need to bring sufficient funds for purchase of 
books and personal items. 
Bank Financing 

Southern College has arranged with a local bank to lend to students 
and/or parents funds sufficient to cover semester costs. The five percent 
discount will be allowed after having fulfilled the repayment obligation 
to the bank. In the event students are unable to clear their accounts in 
full, they will need to obtain a loan before they are allowed to take final 
exams. 

Payment Plan II Contract with Southern College. Students desiring to 
pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may choose 
to follow this plan. The method of billing will be: 

Tuition for one semester 

Cafeteria, actual charge for the month 

Bookstore, actual charge for the month 

Other, actual charge for the month 

Less labor credit for the month 

Less cash or other credits for the month 

Monthly statements will be issued about the fifth day of each calendar 
month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the last day of each 
month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of statement accord- 
ing to the following schedule: ^ „ 

& e Past Due Date 

August statement ONE-THIRD of total charges less 

credits upon receipt of statement September 20 

September statement ONE-HALF of charges less credits 

upon receipt of statement October 20 

October statement TOTAL BALANCE of statement is 

due in full BEFORE semester 
examination permits will be is- 
sued. November 20 

Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will be 
subject to cancellation of registration and/or ED cards invalidated until 
proper financial arrangements are made. 



Student Financial Information 



The above schedule of payment must be maintained since the college 
budget is based upon 100 percent collection of student charges. 203 

A student cannot take semester examinations or register for a new 
semester until the account is current according to the preceding regula- 
tions. No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid 
in full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions 
will be made. 

The second semester statements and payment schedule will follow the 
same procedure as the first semester with the exception that the stu- 
dent's advance payment will be applied on the March statement. 

Past Due Date 
January statement ONE-THIRD of charges less credits 

upon receipt of statement February 20 

February statement ONE-HALF of charges less credits 

due upon receipt of statement March 20 
March statement TOTAL BALANCE remaining of 

statement is due in full BEFORE 

semester examination permits 

will be issued. April 20 

Payment Plan III. Contract with New Insured Tuition Payment Plan or 
Tuition Plan, Inc. Students and parents desiring to pay educational 
expenses in monthly installments and to have the advantages of cash 
payment with the College may select a low-cost deferred payment pro- 
gram available through either the New Insured Tuition Payment Plan or 
Tuition Plan, Inc. The student's education is protected with life and 
disability insurance on the parents. For more information about the Plan, 
write to the Director of Student Finance. 

After considering the discount allowed by the College, the following 
benefits are realized at little, if any, cost to those entering under either 
plan: 

1. A five percent cash discount is allowed each student entering 
under Payment Plan III if the College receives payment for the 
student at its regular disbursement time each semester. 

2. The payments may be reduced to a minimum by being spread over 
12 months or, in the case of a four-year contract, up to 96 months. 

3. The contract may be cancelled at any time without penalty. 

4. The account may be insured. In the event of death or total disability 
of the person responsible for payments, the balance of an insured 
contract is paid in full. 

At the time of figuring the contracts, students may choose to include in 
their contract sufficient cash to cover books, fees, school supplies, etc. 
Any items not included in the contract plan chosen must be paid for in 
cash at the time they are received or arranged. 



Student Financial Information 



. 



The plan is open to employed parents and bona fide sponsors, and a] 
2fl4 arrangements should be made several weeks before registration in order 
£<tl •* to k e assurec i f the five percent discount. Sufficient cash must also be 
brought to cover items not included in the contract. 

Those desiring further information covering these deferred payment I 
plans may contact the Director of Student Finance. 

REFUND POLICY 

A student who drops ALL classes during the registration week of 
school will receive a full tuition refund. A student who drops all classes 
during the second week of school will be charged a registration fee of $8 
per semester hour (maximum charge of $100). After the second week a 
student who drops ALL classes will have tuition refunded according to j 
the following schedule: 



ing week 


%of 


tuition re/unded 


3 




87 


4 




75 


5 




63 


6 




50 


7 




37 


8 




25 


9 




13 


10 and after 








Tuition adjustments will be made for changes in program during the 
week following registration without charge and during the second I 
through fourth weeks with the change of program fee. No refund of j 
tuition charges will be made for program changes (other than COM- j 
PLETE withdrawals) made after four weeks following registration. Re- 
funds will be calculated according to the official date of completed drop 
voucher and the return of the student's ID card to the Student Accounts 
Office. 

CREDIT REFUND POLICY 

Credit balances are refundable, on request, 30 days after the monthly] 
statement is received for the last month the student was in school in 
order to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example, if a 
student drops out of school in December, a full credit refund would not 
be made until after the January statement is prepared during the first 
week of February. When the credit balance is large, a portion may be 
refunded earlier upon request to the Student Accounts Office. 

If the student has received financial aid during the current semester, 
any credit balance over $200 will be credited to the aid fund, with ! 






Student Financial Information 



priority given to loans. Amounts less than $200 will be refunded to the 
persons responsible for the student's account. Cash refunds will not be 20*1 
made to the student without authorization from the parent or financial &"** 
sponsor. 

COLLECTION POLICY 

Students completing or terminating their studies with the College are 
requested to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts. The 
school has a program to aid the students where funds can be borrowed 
and paid directly to a bank. If these or other arrangements are not made 
within 120 days after a student leaves Southern College, the unpaid 
account balance will be turned over to a collection agency or attorney. 
Prompt payment of accounts build credit ratings which will be impor- 
tant to you in the future, since the College will report delinquent ac- 
counts to the Credit Bureau systems. 

INTEREST 

A carrying charge of one percent per month (12% APR] will be added 
to all unpaid balances of 60 days or more for students not enrolled in 
school. 



HEALTH INSURANCE 

Southern College requires that students be covered by health insur- 
ance. Students who are already covered with a similar insurance plan 
may during registration make a request of Health Service to be excluded 
from the student group health insurance. Such students will need to 
supply, at that time, written evidence from their parent's employer or 
local insurance agent which contains the company name and policy 
number under which they are covered, otherwise, coverage must be 
purchased through the college health insurance plan. 



BANKRUPTCY 

Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy proceed- 
ings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection of 
the debt, the college, upon notification of such discharge of a student's 
current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal prohibition. 
At the same time such discharge in bankruptcy does not require further 
performance of service by the creditor and, therefore, a student who has 
had debts to the college discharged in this manner may not receive a 
transcript of his/her academic work at the college until the debt is paid. 



Student Financial Information 



TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS AND TEST SCORES 

ZuU It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test 
scores, and other records if a student has an unpaid account at the 
school, or any unpaid account for which the college has co-signed. To 
expedite the release of these documents, the student should send a 
money order or certified check to cover the balance of the account when 
requesting the documents. Under provisions of federal loan programs 
Southern College withholds any records when payments for these loans 
become past due. 

NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS 

When determining what to bring on campus, please remember that the 
college is not responsible for the personal effects of any student even 
though such effects may be required by the college for student use, or 
required by the college to be stored in a designated location. College- 
carried insurance does not insure the personal effects of any individual. 
The college recommends that students consider carrying insurance to 
cover such losses. 

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 

As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries 
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of 
work-connected accidents. 

BANKING AND CASH WITHDRAWALS 

The Accounting Office operates a no-charge deposit banking service 
for the convenience of the student. Financial sponsors should provide 
students with sufficient funds through the banking service to cover the 
cost of personal items of an incidental nature and travel expenses off 
campus including vacation periods. Withdrawals may be made by the 
student in person only as long as there is a credit balance. These deposit 
accounts are entirely separate from the student's regular school expense 
account. Withdrawals from regular expense accounts are discouraged 
and permitted ONLY under special arrangement with the Director of 
Student Accounts and with the permission of the financial sponsor. 

Each student should bring approximately $175 for books and miscel- 
laneous supplies at the beginning of each semester if he desires to pay 
cash for these items. 

STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS 

Work opportunities for students are available in departments and 
industries operated by the College and local private businesses. These 



Student Financial Iniormation 




207 



employing agencies must serve their customers daily, necessitating a 
uniform work force. Student employees are responsible for meeting all 
work appointments, including during examination weeks, and to main- 
tain satisfactory job performance. Work superintendents reserve the 
right to dismiss students if their service and work record is unsatisfac- 
tory. Should a student find it necessary to be absent from work, he must 
make arrangements with his work superintendent and Student Health 
Service if he is ill. 

Residence hall students are given preference in the assignment of 
work. Student Employment Office personnel will assist students in 
finding jobs. 

When a student accepts employment, he is expected to retain it for the 
entire semester except in cases where changes are recommended by the 
school nurse or approved by the College. Should a student receive 
opportunities for more favorable employment during a school term, the 
transfer must be made through the Student Employment Office and the 
two employing organizations. If a student's financial plan requires him 



Student Financial Information 



to work, he must NOT drop his work schedule without making proper 
208 arran 8 ements with the Student Employment Office. To do so could 
result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation of ID card 
until proper arrangements are made. 

The student pay rate is not less than student rates set by the govern- 
ment wage-hour law. It may be higher if a student possesses special 
skills or training. 

The following table is an example of earnings for students who work 
30 weeks during the school year. 



Hours Worked 
Per Week 


Wage 
Per Hour 


Total Earnings 
For Year 


10 
10 
10 
10 


$3.35 
$3.50 
$4.00 
$4.35 


$1,005 
$1,050 
$1,200 
$1,305 


15 
15 
15 

15 


$3.35 
$3.50 
$4.00 
$4.35 


$1,507 
$1,575 
$1,800 
$1,958 


20 
20 
20 
20 


$3.35 
$3.50 
$4.00 
$4.35 


$2,010 
$2,100 
$2,400 
$2,610 



Students may also work off campus with permission from the Dean of 
Students. Permission will not be granted for off-campus employment 
that could be detrimental to a student's health or character development. 

WORK INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIP 

In order for a student to qualify for a $150.00 work incentive scholar- 
ship, the student must meet the following criteria: 

1. Work at least 12 hours per week and 180 hours per semester be- 
tween the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon. 

2. All work must be performed in at least 3-hour blocks at an on- 
campus employer or at an off-campus non-profit agency (work- 
study). 

3. The student must take at least 8 hours of academic credit (which 
can be anytime of the day) at Southern College. 

4. All academic course work for the semester in addition to the 8 
hours must also be taken at Southern College. 

5. The bonus must be applied for at the end of the semester and 
approved by the work superintendent. 



Student Financial Information 



6. The approval of this bonus will be processed by the labor office and 

also approved by the Student Finance Officer. 2flQ 

7. This bonus is based on the assumption that a job is available and the 
student meets all of the above criteria. 

8. The work incentive scholarship is in addition to the regular hourly 
wage received. 

9. Southern College in no way guarantees that there will be enough 
jobs to meet the criteria of 1 and 2. Since there are a limited number 
of jobs in the morning, it is up to the student and the work superin- 
tendent to work out a work schedule that satisfactorily meets these 
criteria. 

LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure 
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. Foreign stu- 
dents with student visas are allowed to work on campus up to twenty 
hours a week. Wives may work only if they have student visas of their 
own or have immigrant visas. 

STUDENT TITHING 

SC encourages the payment of tithe and church expense by its student 
workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements may be made 
by the student {except for those employed in the Federal Work-Study 
Program) to have ten percent of his school earnings charged to his 
account as tithe and two percent for church expense. These funds are 
then transferred by the College to the treasurer of the Collegedale 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of 
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial 
aid will be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national 
origin, or ethnic group. The Student Finance office follows established 
procedures and practices which will assure equitable and consistent 
treatment of all applicants. 

Students are urged to contact the Director of Student Finance, P.O. 
Box 370, Collegedale, Tennessee 37315, for information about and ap- 
plications for financial aid. Applications received by May 30 will be 
given preference. Applications received after May 30 will be processed 
as long as time and funds permit. 

General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one 
academic year to students who are accepted for admission, plan to take at 



Student Financial Information 

least twelve semester hours of classwork each semester, and dem- 
Q | f| onstrate financial need. Class load exceptions must be approved by the 
£> 1U student Finance Office. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S. 

citizenship or a permanent visa. Students desiring aid must reapply each 

year. 

Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is adminis- 
tered in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and 
philosophy which is that the parents are the primary and responsible 
source for helping a student to meet his educational costs. Financial aid 
is available to help fill the gap between the student's own resources 
(parental contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and the total cost 
of attending Southern College. The amount of parental contribution is 
based on the family's net income, number of dependents, allowable 
expenses, indebtedness, and assets. The Family Financial Need 
Analysis from the American College Testing Program or College Schol- 
arship Service is used in determining a student's eligibility for financial 
aid. 

Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholar- 
ships awarded on the basis of academic ^achievement. 

Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid, 
recipient must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory 
academic progress is defined as maintaining a cumulative and resident 
grade point average of 2.0. If a student does not maintain satisfactory 
academic progress or fails to attend classes, prepare and submit required 
classwork, or take required examinations, his financial aid will be sus- 
pended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the 
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to 
this suspension, he may appeal the suspension to the Loan and Scholar- 
ship Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from 
institutional and private sources as well as federal programs. 

SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS FOR 
FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

To be eligible for Federal and/or Institutional financial aid, a student 
must maintain measurable satisfactory academic progress. Students are 
expected to: 

1 . Complete a minimum of 25 semester hours per award year, (July 1 - 
June 30). This will allow up to 5 years maximum for completion of a 
4-year degree, and 3 years maximum to complete a 2-year degree. 

2. Maintain a minimum SC and cumulative GPA of 2.00. 
Financial Aid Academic Probation Policy 

1. Students who fail to maintain "Satisfactory Academic Progress" 



Student Financial Information 

will be placed on financial aid probation the following semester. 
The recipient must appear before a financial aid counselor before O | | 
aid will be released for the probationary semester. This aid is « * * 
subject to adjustment or cancellation. 
2. A minimum SC and cumulative 2.00 GPA must be attained by the 
end of the probation semester or financial aid will be suspended. 

Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid 

Students may submit a written appeal to the Financial Aid Committee 
describing the circumstances which attributed to their failure to make 
academic progress. This appeal must also include an outlined program 
of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory academic requirements. 
When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be 
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional 
semester hours with a minimum 2.50 GPA, or when SC and overall GPA 
has been brought up to 2.00. 

Provisions /or Transfer Students 

Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be 
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on all 
hours they have attempted. A student with a minimum grade point 
average of 2.00 will be eligible for aid. Students with an average below 
2.00 will be on financial aid probation provided they were eligible for 
continuing aid at the institution from which they transferred. 

If financial aid had been suspended at the previous institution, they 
must follow SC procedure for appeal and reinstatement of financial aid. 

FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must 
be submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid pro- 
grams: 

1. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College 
Testing Program or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College 
Scholarship Service. 

2. The Southern College application for financial aid. 

3. Southern College admissions application. 

4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who at- 
tended other colleges or universities before coming to Southern 
College). 

5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all 
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS) for the preceding calendar 
year. (Required of dependent students only). 

6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms. 

7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from home town lender or a 



Student Financial Information 



letter of denial from lender (Southern College has arranged for last 
resort lenders for students whose home town lenders do not par- 
ticipate in the GSL program or for any reason refuse to make the 
loan). 

Applications are available in January of each year and may be obtained 
by contacting Southern College Financial Aid Office. Students are urged 
to complete applications as early as possible after the family income tax 
returns have been completed. Income tax returns only have to be com- 
pleted, not necessarily mailed to IRS before submitting the financial aid 
application. 

Financial Aid Award Procedures 

Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds are 
available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. The 
financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) loan, 3) 
grant or scholarship. 

An official award notice will be sent to each applicant. To confirm and 
reserve the funds offered, the student must return the signed acceptance 
of the award within ten days of receipt of award letter. 

Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds 

Financial aid awards are disbursed equally at the beginning of each 
semester. Students who do not sign vouchers and other documents 
necessary to have funds released to statements at the financial aid table 
during registration must do so at the disbursement window #4 123 
Wright Hall. Funds cannot be credited to student statements until this 
procedure is followed. 

Financial Aid Overawards 

When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not in- 
cluded in the financial aid award letter, they must be reported to the 
office of Student Financial Aid. Federal Regulations prohibit "over- 
awards" therefore, when total of all resources exceed the allowable 
student budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When financial 
aid funds have already been credited to the student's statement, any 
refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account. 

Financial Aid Refunds and Repayments 

If financial aid recipients are eligible for refund of tuition and fees as a 
result of withdrawal from classes, such refunds will be used to reduce 
the students financial aid award. Should financial aid disbursements 
together with student resources exceed the student's charges for the 
award period, any credit balance over $200 will be credited to the 
financial aid funds with priority given to loans. Amounts less than $200 
may be refunded to the person responsible for the student's account. 



Student Financial Information 



VETERANS 



Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an accred- 
ited training institution. Those who qualify for educational benefits 
should contact the nearest Veterans Administration office. 

Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in 
order to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is required 
to report promptly to the V.A. the last day of attendance when an eligible 
student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly. 

A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not fulfill 
requirements for his stated degree and major. Audited courses, non- 
credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and correspond- 
ence work cannot be certified. 

Educational benefits will be discontinued when the recipient accumu- 
lates twelve semester hours of failing and "D" grades in the major, 
minor, and courses required for educational certification or when he is 
subject to academic dismissal. (See page 30.) Benefits may be resumed 
only after the individual has obtained V.A. counseling and approval. 

TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID 

General Institutional Scholarships 

Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from 29 dif- 
ferent scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are 
achieving academically, and are working part time. These awards usu- 
ally range from $200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the student's 
need and availability of funds. 

No Needs Scholarships 

The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students regard- 
less of financial need: 

ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen who 
graduate within the upper fifteen percent of their senior class from 
academies or secondary schools, are recommended by their faculty, and 
enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who have served as S.A. President, S.A. Vice-President, S.A. Spiritual 
Vice-President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, School Paper 
Editor, and enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester 
hours. 

NATIONAL MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to finalists in the 
National Merit contest in the amount of $1,200 and semi-finalists are 
awarded $800. Students must enroll at Southern College for a minimum 
of twelve semester hours. 



213 



Student Financial Information 



ACT SCHOLARSHIPS — Incoming freshmen with a composite score 
of 25-28 are eligible for a $600 award if they maintain a college GPA of 
3.00 each semester of the first year they are enrolled at SC. Incoming 
freshmen with a composite score of 29-36 are eligible for a $750 award if 
they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester of the first year they 
are enrolled at SC. Students must enroll at Southern College for a 
minimum of twelve semester hours. 

SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS — Students participating in 
conference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from 
Southern College for 33.33 percent of the net amount receipted to the 
student's statement. 

Grants 

THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which provides 
grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate students. 
A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a congressionally- 
approved formula which considers family financial circumstances. The 
current maximum grant is $1,900 per academic year. 

SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT — Lim- 
ited funds are available to students with exceptional financial need. 

STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS — These grants are made 
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, Connect- 
icut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, 
New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Ver- 
mont, Washington, and West Virginia. Check with your state grant 
agency for additional information. 

Loans 

NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN — Under this program, stu- 
dents can borrow money from the federal government, through the 
school. Repayment and 3 percent interest begin six months after a 
student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment. 

FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing stu- 
dents only. Repayment and six percent interest begin six months after a 
student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment. 

GUARANTEED STUDENT LOANS are available through lending 
agencies in each of the states. A student may borrow from a bank, savings 
and loan association, credit union, or other lender, and the state agency 
will guarantee the loan. A student whose family adjusted gross income is 
$30,000 or less may, without undergoing a financial needs test, borrow 
up to $2,500 per year to a total of $12,500 for undergraduate study. When 
income levels are greater than $30,000 the student must meet a "needs" 
test. The federal government pays the interest on the loan while the 
student is in school. Repayment and 8 percent interest begin six months 
after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time en- 
rollment. 



Student Financial Information 



PARENT LOANS (PLUS) — A parent or self-supporting student may 
borrow from a bank or other lender and a state or private non-profit 215 
agency will guarantee the loan. A parent may borrow $3 ,000 per year to a 
limit of $15,000. Repayment and 12 percent interest being 60 days 
following the date of loan disbursement. 

Repayment Example 

Amount Monthly 

of loan Based on Payments* 

1st year $3,000 5 yrs. $ 66.73 

2nd year $3,000 7 yrs. $105.91 

3rd year $3,000 10 yrs. $129.12 

4th year $3,000 10 yrs. $172.16 
* Monthly payment includes cumulative principle and interest. 

Work 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM — Under the work-study pro- 
gram, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and the 
government pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus. 
Students can work part time while they are in school, and they can work 
full time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay 
rate is usually the current minimum wage; this may vary depending on 
the skill and experience needed for the job. 

OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

The following grants, loans, and scholarships are available to students 
meeting the above requirements or having exceptional academic 
achievement. Details concerning amounts and qualifications for recip- 
ients of these funds can be obtained from the Director of Student Fi- 
nance. 

Alumni Worthy Student Fund for juniors and seniors. 

Alvin Christensen Memorial Loan Fund for junior or senior biology or 
natural science majors. 

Appalachian Nursing Scholarship Fund for nursing students from the 
Appalachian Mountain region. 

Anton Julius Swenson Loan Fund. 

Burdick Scholarship Fund. 

Business Administration Scholarship Fund. 

Cartinhour Foundation Scholarship and Loan Fund. 

Chatlos Foundation Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing students. 

Conger Memorial Fund for education majors or minors. 

D. W. Hunter Scholarship and Loan Fund for theology students. 

Daina Griffin Nursing Scholarship Fund. 



Student Financial Information 



DeWitt and Josie Bowen Scholarship Fund for graduating seniors from 
Bass Memorial Academy. 

Doctor Ambrose L. Suhrie Scholarship for elementary teachers. 

Dora McClellan Brown Scholarship Fund for theology majors. 

Dorothy and Harold Moody Scholarship Award for junior or senior 
history majors. 

Edith Mann Nursing Loan Fund for nursing students from Kentucky- 
Tennessee Conference. 

Edythe Stephenson Cothren Vocal Music Scholarship Fund for 
junior/senior voice majors or minors. 

Frankie Collins Loan Fund for ministerial students. 

George Alden Nursing Scholarship Fund for Massachusetts nursing 
students. 

George B. and Olivia Dean Scholarship Fund for education majors. 

George White Scholarship Fund. 

Grants-in-Aid to Nursing Students. 

Harry H Goggans Scholarship Fund. 

Henson Nursing Scholarship Fund. 

Irad C. Levering Loan Fund for elementary and secondary education 
majors. 

Joseph Schermerhorn Memorial Loan Fund for students planning to 
serve as doctors, nurses, ministers, or teachers. 

K. W. Grader Nursing Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing students. 

Linda Beardsley Stevens Memorial Loan Fund for nursing students. 

Louise Hurt Memorial Scholarship Fund. 

Ludington Memorial Fund. 

1969 Alumni Loan Fund for juniors and seniors. 

O. D. and Anna Ruth McKee Scholarship Fund. 

Office Administration Scholarship Fund. 

Otto Christensen Fund for potential Bible instructors or theology 
majors. 

Paul Fisher Scholarship Fund. 

Penna S. S. Chong Memorial Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing 
students. (Preference for Far East resident students of Asiatic ori- 
gin.) 

Reile-McAlexander Memorial Loan Fund for nursing students. 

San/ord and Martha Ulmer Scholarship Fund. 

Sudduth Memorial Fund for potential teachers. 

Theresa Brickman Scholarship Fund for office administration majors. 

William lies Scholarship Fund. 



PRINCIPALS AND PRESIDENTS, 1892-1984 

Principals of the Southern Industrial School 

George C. Colcord 1892-1896 

W. T. Bland 1896-1898 

C. W. Irwin 1898-1900 

N. W. Lawrence 1900-1901 

Principals of Southern Training School 

J. E. Tenney 1901-1908 

M. B. Van Kirk 1908-1912 

C. L. Stone 1912-1914 

L. H. Wood 1914-1915 

A. N. Atteberry . . 1915-1916 

Presidents of Southern Junior College 

Leo Thiel 1916-1918 

L. H. Wood 1918-1922 

Leo Thiel 1922-1925 

H. H. Hamilton 1925 - Jan. 1927 

M. E. Cady Jan. 1927 - May 1927 

H. J. Klooster 1927-1937 

J. C. Thompson 1937-1942 

D. E. Rebok 1942-1943 

K. A. Wright 1943-1945 

Presidents of Southern Missionary College 

K. A. Wright 1945-1955 

T. W. Walters 1955-1958 

C. N. Rees 1958-1967 

Wilbert Schneider 1967-1971 

Frank A. Knittel 1971-1982 

Presidents of Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists 

Frank A. Knittel 1982-1983 

John Wagner 1983- 

217 



SC TRUSTEES 

A. C. McClure, Chairman 
H. F. Roll, Vice Chairman 
J. H. Whitehead, Secretary 

E. A. Anderson 

Mardian Blair 

Helen Crawford Burks 

T. K. Campbell 

H. J. Carubba 

A. L. Cason 

C. E. Dudley 
J. A. Edgecombe 
Clayton Farwell 
M. D. Gordon 

D. K. Griffith 
R. B. Hairston 



William lies 
O. R. Johnson 
J. C. McElroy 
Ellsworth McKee 
Harold Moody 
Gary Patterson 
C. B. Rock 
Ward Sumpter 
John Wagner 
L. C. Waller 
Don W. Welch 
Ben Wygal 



HONORARY TRUSTEES 

O. D. McKee 

EXECUTIVE BOARD 

A. C. McClure, Chairman 
D. K. Griffith H. F. Roll 

Ellsworth McKee Ward Sumpter 

Gary Patterson j. h. Whitehead 



ADVISORY COMMITTEE 



William Allen 
Richard Reiner 



Everett Schlisner 



218 



COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION 

PRESIDENT 

John Wagner, Ph.D. (1983) President 

ACADEMIC SERVICES 

William Allen, Ph.D. (1984) Vice-President for 

Academic Administration 

Admissions and Public Relations 

Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) Vice-President for 

Admissions and College Relations 

Vinita Sauder (1983) Director, Public Relations 

Mertin Wittenberg Admissions Advisor 

Records 

Mary Elam, M.A. (1965) Director of Records 

Library 

Charles Davis, M.S.L.S. (1968) . Director of Libraries and Archivist 

Peggy Bennett, M.S. (1971) Assistant Librarian 

Loranne Grace, M.S. (1970) Assistant Librarian 

Marianne Wooley, M.S. in L.S. (1966) Assistant Librarian 

(Orlando Campus) 

Instructional Media 

Frank DiMemmo, M.S. (1980) Director of Instructional Media 

Teaching Learning Center 

Carole Haynes, M.Ed. (1982) . Director, Teaching Learning Center 

BUSINESS SERVICES 

Richard Reiner, B.S. (1977) Vice-President for Finance 

Support Services 

Kenneth Spears, M.B.A. (1963) Associate Business Manager 

Financial and Accounting Services 

Robert Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A. (1961) Treasurer 

Louesa Peters, B.A. (1964) . Chief Accountant, Assistant Treasurer 

Laurel Wells (1964) Director of Student Finance 

Randall White, B.S. (1978) Director of Student Accounts 

219 



College Administration 



Commercial Auxiliaries 

220 Fred Ashmore » B - s - ( 198 °) Manager of Village Market 

Roy Dingle, A.S. (1974) Manager of Village Market Bakery 

Noble Vining, B.A. (1966) Manager of The College Press 

Judith Moots, B.S Manager of Campus Shop 

Computer Services 

John Beckett, B.A. (1974) Director of Computer Services 

Service Auxiliaries 

Charles Lucas (1984) Director of Physical Plant 

Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director of Food Service 

C. R. Lacey (1970) Director of Grounds 

William McKinney (1974) Head of Motor Pool 

Clarence "Skip" McCandless (1979) Director of Custodial 

Word Processing 

Evonne Richards, Ed.D. (1977) Director of Word Processing 

WSMC 

Olson Perry, M.A. (1977) General Manager and 

Program Director of WSMC 
STUDENT SERVICES 
Everett Schlisner, M.A. (1974) . . . Vice-President for Student Affairs 

Residence Halls 

Reed Christman, (1979) Dean of Men 

Clifford Myers, Sr. (1968) Director of Security 

Ron Qualley, B.S. (1980) Associate Dean of Men 

Millie Runyan, B.S. (1975) Dean of Women 

Dorothy Somers, B.A. (1972) Associate Dean of Women 

Norma Swinson (1981) Dean, Orlando Campus 

Counseling 

K. R* Davis, M.A. (1970) Director of Counseling and Testing 

Rhea Rolfe, M.A. (1972) Counselor 

Health Service 

Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director of Health Service 

Waldemar Kutzner, M.D. (1974) College Physician 

DEVELOPMENT AND ALUMNI AFFAIRS 

Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1972, 1980) Director of Development 

William H. Taylor, M.A Director, Alumni Affairs 

K. R. Davis, M.A. (1970) Co-Director, Alumni Affairs 



College Administration 

COLLEGE PASTORS 

Gordon Bietz, Ph.D. (1981) Pastor 22 1 

James Herman, B.A. (1976) College Chaplain 

G. H. (Gerry) Morgan, M.A. (1980) Youth Pastor 

Rolland Ruf, B.A. (1969) Associate College Pastor 



FACULTY DIRECTORY 

EMERITI 

Dorothy Evans Ackerman, M.Music, Associate Professor Emerita of 
Music 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.Mus., University of Chattanooga. 

Theresa Rose Brickman, M.Ed., Associate Pro/essor Emerita of 
Secretarial Science 

B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Pro/essor Emerita of 
Education 

B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus 

B.A. , Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., Northwestern Univer- 
sity, 

R. E. Francis, B.D., Pro/essor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A„ Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D., 
Andrews University. 

Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic Ad- 
ministration 

B.A., Andrews University; Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; 
Diploma of Education, University of Western Australia; M.Ed., 
Maryland University; Ed.D., Maryland University. 

K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Pro/essor Emeritus o/ Education 

B.A., Valparaiso University; M.Ed., University of Chattanooga; 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee. 

H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.A. , Emmanuel Missionary College; M. A. , George Peabody College 
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Evlyn Lindberg, M,A., Associate Professor Emerita of English 

B.A., Willamette University; M.A., Texas Christian University. 

Drew Turlington, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus of Industrial Edu- 
cation 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee. 



222 



Faculty Directory 
223 



INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY 

As of April 30, 1984 

Flora Adams, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S., Walla Walla College; B.S. Loma Linda University. (1983) 

William Allen, Ph.D., Vice-President for Academic Administration, Pro- 
fessor of Chemistry 

B.S., La Sierra College; Ph.D., University of Maryland. (1984) 

Frances Andrews, M.A., Associate Professor of Journalism and English 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College 
for Teachers. (1975) 

J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Capital University; M.Mus., American Conservatory of 
Music, D.M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1968) 

Wiley Austin, M.S., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.S., Stanford University. (1977) 

Colleen Barrow, B.S.', Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Columbia- Union College. (1976) 

Ronald Barrow, Fh.D., Vice-President for Admissions and Coilege Rela- 
tions 

B.A., Columbia Union College; Ph.D. 

Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University; 
B.D., Andrews University; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University. 
(1961) 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State Univer- 
sity. (1971) 

Ruby Birch, M.S.N. , Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Madison College; B.A., Union College; M.S., Vanderbilt Uni- 
versity. (1975) 

Jack Blanco, Th.D„ Professor of Religion 

B.A., Union College; MA., SDA Theological Seminary; B.D., SDA 
Theological Seminary; M*Th M Princeton Theological Seminary; 
Th.D., University of South Africa. 

Melvin D. Campbell, Ph.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., Union College; Ph.D., Purdue University. (1968) 

Ann Clark, M.A.T., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A.T., University of Chat- 
tanooga. (1965) 

Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 
College. 



Faculty Directory 



Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Assistant Professor of Office Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.Ed., Middle Tennessee 
State University. (1971) 

Nancy Crist, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Pacific Union College. (1982) 

Thelma Cushman, M.A., Associate Professor of Home Economics 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., 
Michigan State University. (1957) 

Charles Davis, M.S.L.S., Librarian and Archivist 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Kansas State University; M.S.L.S., Uni- 
versity of Southern California. (1968) 

Kenneth R. Davis, M.A., Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University; 
M.A., Boston University. (1970) 

Don Dick, Ph.D., Professor of Communication 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. (1968) 

Caryll L. Dormer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Hunter College; M.S., Medical College of Geogia. (1983) 

John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor of Industrial Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College 
for Teachers. (1969) 

Betty Sue Ekvall, M.P.H., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.P.H., Loma Linda University. (1982) 

Earl Evans, B.S., Director of Food Services 
(1977) 

Flora Flood, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia. 
(1983) 

Robert Garren, M.F.A., Professor of Art 

B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of 
Technology. (1968) 

Betty Garver, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S., University of Tennessee. (1977) 

Philip G. Garver, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education 
B,S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan Univer- 
sity. (1976) 

Dorothy Giacomozzi, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 
B.S., Union College; M.S., University of Colorado. (1979) 



Faculty Directory 
225 



Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music 

B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers Col- 
lege. (1967) 

Jerry Gladson, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Vanderbilt University; 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. (1972) 

Judith Glass, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Texas at Austin; M.Mus., University of Texas 
at Austin. (1975) 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. (1970) 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College 
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. (1966) 

Edgar O. Grundset, M.A., Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Walla Walla College. 
(1957) 

Leona Gulley, M.H.Sc., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Philippine Union College 
Seminary, M.H.Sc, Philippine Union College. (1978) 

Norman Gulley, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.S., Southern Missionary 
College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D., Andrews University; 
Ph.D., Edinburgh University. (1978) 

Jan Haluska, M.A., Assistant Professor of English 
B.S.; M.A. (1981) 

Lawrence E. Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California; 
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of Technol- 
ogy. (1955) 

Ruth Haller, Ed.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

(Diploma), B.S., Loma Linda University; Ed.S., University of Day- 
ton. (1983) 

Dorothy Hooper, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Loma Linda University. 
(1975) 

Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., University of North 
Carolina; Ph.D., Iowa State University. (1973) 



Faculty Directory 



Shirley Howard, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee. (1974) 

Francis Hummer, Instructor of Industrial Education (1979) 

Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee. 
(1977) 

Gordon Hyde, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A„ University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1982) 

Steven Jaecks, M.S., Instructor of Physical Education 

B.A., Loma Linda University; M.S., University of Tennessee. (1980) 

Wayne Janzen, Ed.D. Professor of Industrial Arts 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Western Michigan University; 
Ed.D., Texas A. & M. (1967) 

Robert Kamieneski, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., La Sierra College; M.Ed., Boston University; Ed.D., Brigham 
Young University. (1980) 

H. Dean Kinsey, M.Ed., Vice-President for Administration, Orlando 
Campus 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., Boston University. 
(1983) 

Catherine Knarr, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., University of Tennessee. 
(1974) 

Marie E. Krall, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Columbia Union College. (1973) 

Timothy Korson, M.S., Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
(1984) 

Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan Uni- 
versity; Ph.D., Purdue University. (1968) 

Edward L. Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Associate Professor of 
Social Work and Family Studies 

B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee. (1972) 

Katie A. Lamb, M.S.N. , Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972) 

Ronda Lizzi, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1983) 

Merritt MacLafferty, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980). 



Faculty Directory 

Nancy Malin, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College. (1983) 227 

Ben McArthur, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Chicago. (1979) 

Caroline McArthur, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University. (1979) 

Jack McClarty, Ed.D., Director of Development 

B.M.Ed., University of Montana; M.M.Ed., Andrews University; 
Ed.D., University of Montana. (1980) 

Wilma McClarty, Ed.D., Professor of English 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., 
University of Montana. (1972) 

Robert W. Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A., Treasurer 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., University of Arkan- 
sas. (1961) 

Robert Moore, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North 
Carolina. (1979) 

Patricia C. Morrison, M.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science 
B.S., East Carolina University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. (1981) 

Robert R. Morrison, Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages 

B.A., George Washington University; M.A., Middlebury College; 
Ph.D., University of Florida. (1967) 

Hal Nash, M.S., Assistant Professor 

B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.S., University of Arizona. 
(1983) 

Helmut K. Ott, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Modern Languages 

B.A., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., Inter- 
American University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Andrews 
University. (1971) 

Olson Perry, M.A., Program Director, WSMC 

B.A., City College of New York; M.A., Andrews University. (1977) 

Johanna Neubrander, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Southern Missionary College. (1983) 

Marsha Rauch, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Catholic University of 
America. (1982) 

Richard Reiner, B.S., Business Manager 
B.S., Union College. (1977) 



Faculty Directory 



Desmond Rice, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., Avondale College; M.A., San Francisco State University; 
Ed.D., University of Southern California. (1979) 

Hazel Rice, Ed.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., University of Colorado; Ed.S., 
University of Colorado. (1978) 

E. Williams Richards, Jr., Ph.D., C.P.A., C.M.A., C.I.A., C.D.R, C.C.P., 
C.C.A., Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; Ph.D., Michigan State Univer- 
sity. (1977) 

Evonne Richards, Ed.D., Assistant Pro/essor of Office Administration 
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ed.D., 
University of Tennessee. (1983) 

Arthur Richert, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of 
Texas. (1971) 

Charlene Robertson, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Alabama. 
(1977) 

Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Pro/essor of Music 

B.Mus., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Northern Col- 
orado; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Cyril E. Roe, Ed.D., Pro/essor of Education 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; Ed.D., 
University of the Pacific. (1976) 

Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Pro/essor of Business Administration 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.B.A., University of Maryland; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland. (1964) 

Daniel Rozell, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan Univer- 
sity. (1978) 

Barbara Ruf, Ph.D., Pro/essor of English 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.A., Boston University; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Tennessee. (1969) 

Don Runyan, Ph.D., Professor of Music 

B.M.E., Union College; M.M. Voice, University of Indiana; Ph.D., 
George Peabody College for Teachers at Vanderbilt. (1968) 

Patricia Rushing, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 
B.S.; M.S.N. (1982) 



Faculty Directory 

Everett Schlisner, M.A., Vice-President of Student Services 

B.S., Union College; M.A., Andrews University. (1974) 229 

Patricia Silver, M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

B.S.C., Madison College; M.A., George Peabody. (1982) 

Sylvia Skantz, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Loma Linda University. (1982) 

David Smith, M. A., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University. (1981) 

Ronald Springett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews University. 
(1969) 

Donna Spurlock, M.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.N., University of Florida. 
(1973) 

David Steen, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Loma Linda University; 
Ph.D., Loma Linda University. (1974) 

Jeanette Stepanske, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Ohio State University. (1979) 

Elvie Swinson, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N.E., Columbia Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. 
(1973) 

William H. Taylor, M.A., Professor of English 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska. (1958) 

Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Union College; M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Maryland. (1966) 

Nancy Thiel, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Columbia Union College. (1978) 

Cheryl K. Thompson, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Southern Missionary College. (1982) 

Lois Thompson, B.S.N., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S.N., Andrews University. (1981) 

David C. Turner, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education 
B.A., Andrews University; M.Ed., Fitchburg State College. (1979) 

David Twombley, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Southern College. (1982) 

Wayne E. VandeVere, Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Business Admin- 
istration 

B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1956) 



Faculty Directory 



Steven E. Warren, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. (1982) 

Erma Webb, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976) 

William Wohlers, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Nebraska. (1973) 

Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science 
B.S., Andrews University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern Califor- 
nia. (1966) 

*Marcella Woolsey, M.A., Instructor of Biology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Loma Linda University. 
(1981) 

Marlene Young, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 
B.S., Union College. (1982) 

Edwin Zackrison, B.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Loma Linda University College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., 
Andrews University; B.D., Andrews University. (1972) 

Jolene Zackrison, M.A.T., Assistant Professor of Office Administration 
B.A., Andrews University; M.A.T., Andrews University. (1979) 



Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern 
College. 
* Study leave 
* * Leave of Absence 



Faculty Directory 

ADJUNCT FACULTY 

Education 

Faculty of Collegedale Academy 
Faculty of Spalding Elementary School 

Southern Union Elementary Supervisors and/or Superintendents: 

Alice Robertson, Alabama-Mississippi 
Louis Canosa, Carolina 
Elizabeth Hudak, Florida 
Jim Epperson, Georgia-Cumberland 
Loraine Paulk, Kentucky-Tennessee 
V. J. Mendinghall, South Atlantic 
Nathaniel Higgs, South Central 
Keith Dennis, Southeastern 

Medical Technology 

Erlanger Hospital: 

Jerome Abramson, M.D., Medical Director 

Elizabeth C. Shirley, M.A.T., MT (ASCP), Program Director 

Florida Hospital: 

Rodney Holcomb, M.D., Medical Director 

Patricia Rogers, B.S., MT (ASCP), Program Director 

Hinsdale Hospital: 

Roland Lonser, M.D., Medical Director 

Jack Blume, M.S., MT (ASCP), Program Director 

Kettering Hospital: 

Glenn Bylsma, M.D., Medical Director 
Barbara C. Ellison, MT (ASCP), Program Director 
Mary Ann Fiene, M.S., MT (ASCP), Academic Education Coor- 
dinator 



Faculty Directory 



232 



Nursing 

Collegedale 



Lamar Bagley 
Wanda Bunce 
Carol Burhenn 
Judy Compton 
Donna Day 
Linda Dwyer 
Robert E. Giles 
Carolyn Harris 
Marion R. Harris 
Geraldine Kelley 
Dr. James Posner 
Valmae Reed 
Judy Regali-Burr 
Shirley Spears 
Cheri Terrell 
Carol Thomas 
Juanita Weddle 
Karen Wisdom 



OrJando Betty Barker 

Center Bill Birch 

Dorothy Brown 
Connie Hamilton 
Kathy Hinson 
Brucie Huffman 
Mary Lou Jones 
Marty Keller 
Marion Kierstead 
Pamela Lowe 
Alice MacMahon 
Gail Nausbaum 
Marie Prusia 
Rosann Reilly 
Caroline Wrightman 






FACULTY COMMITTEES 

The decision of any committee may be appealed to the college president. 

ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL: John Wagner, Chairman; Bill Allen, Ron Bar- 
row, Charles Davis, Mary Elam, Jack McClarty , Robert Merchant, Richard Reiner, 
Everett Schlisner, Ken Spears, Bill Taylor, Laurel Wells, and division chairmen. 

PROMOTIONS COMMITTEE: David Steen, Chairman; Floyd Greenleaf, Larry 
Hanson, Wilma McClarty, Arthur Richert, and Elvie Swinson. (William Allen, 
Advisor) 

FACULTY SENATE: John Wagner, Chairman; William Allen, Jack Blanco, Mel- 
vin Campbell, Charles Davis, Floyd Greenleaf, E. O. Grundset, Jan Haluska, Larry 
Hanson, Bonnie Hunt, Gordon Hyde, Wayne Janzen, Robert Kamieneski, Cathy 
Knarr, Katie Lamb, Ed Lamb, Ben McArthur, Robert Merchant, Robert Moore, 
Louesa Peters, Richard Reiner, Bill Richards, Charlene Robertson, Cecil Rolfe, 
Millie Runyan, Vinita Sauder, Everett Schlisner, Pat Silver, Ken Spears, Mitchell 
Thiel, Nancy Thiel, and two students. 

FACULTY SENATE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE: John Wagner, Chairman; Wil- 
liam Allen, Floyd Greenleaf, Cathy Knarr, Ben McArthur, Richard Reiner, Bill 
Richards, and Everett Schlisner. 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS: William Allen, Chairman (ex off.); Frances Andrews, 
Ron Barrow, Thelma Cushman, Charles Davis, Mary Elam, Robert Garren, Gor- 
don Hyde, Wayne Janzen, Robert Moore, Robert Morrison, Marvin Robertson, 
Cyril Roe, David Steen, Wayne VandeVere, (Nursing Chairman), (HPER Chair- 
man). 

(The Vice President for Academic Administration is an ex officio member of each 
of the following subcommittees to the Academic Affairs Committee.) 

Absence Subcommittee: Jan Haluska, Chairman; Don Dick, Dorothy Hooper, 
Becky Rolfe, (one additional member to be chosen later). 

Admissions Subcommittee: Ron Barrow, Chairman (ex off.); Reed Christman, 
Millie Runyan, Everett Schlisner, and Randy White. 

General Education Subcommittee: Lawrence Hanson, Chairman; Jack Blanco, 
Bonnie Hunt, Ed Lamb, William Richards, Barbara Ruf, and Mitchell Thiel. 

Writing Subcommittee: Benjamin McArthur, Chairman; Melvin Campbell, 
Duane Houck, Cathy Knarr, Dan Rozell, Ronald Springett, David Smith (ex off.). 

Library Subcommittee: Charles Davis, Chairman (ex off.); Wiley Austin, 
Peggy Bennett, Ann Clark, Philip Garver, Norman Gulley, Shirley Howard, 
Francis Hummer, Evonne Richards, Don Runyan, and Jolene Zackrison. 

Teacher Education Council Subcommittee: (all positions mandated ex officio 
by Faculty Handbook). Cyril Roe, Chairman; Melvin Campbell, Howard Ken- 

233 



Faculty Committees 



O *1 M nec * v » ^ ean Maddock, Desmond Rice, Everett Schlisner, supervisors of student 
£ J*f teachers for each department. 

Honors Subcommittee: Art Richert, Chairman; Jerry Gladson, Benjamin 
McArthur, Cecil Rolfe, Donna Spurlock, and Steven Warren. 

Teaching Learning Center Advisory Subcommittee: Carole Haynes, Chair- 
man (ex off.); K. R. Davis, Frank DiMemmo, Robert Moore, Pat Morrison, Ron 
Qualley, Charlene Robertson, and David Smith. 

FACULTY AFFAIRS COMMITTEE: Desmond Rice, Chairman; Douglas Ben- 
nett, Judy Glass, Floyd Greenleaf, Katie Lamb, Everett Schlisner, and David 
Steen. 

Social and Recreational Subcommittee: Thelma Cushman, Chairman; Emily 
Dresser, Earl Evans, and Dorothy Giacomozzi. 

STUDENT SERVICES: Everett Schlisner, Chairman (ex off.); Reed Christman, 
Helmut Ott, Millie Runyan, and William Wohlers. The following members of 
this committee are mandated as ex officio by the Faculty Handbook: Ron Barrow, 
Edgar Grundset, James Herman, Robert Kamieneski, Robert Merchant, and 
Laurel Wells. 

Student Personnel Subcommittee: (all positions mandated as ex officio by 
Faculty Handbook). Everett Schlisner, Chairman; Reed Christman, K. R. Davis, 
Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, James Herman, Clifford Myers, Ron Qualley, Becky 
Rolfe, Millie Runyan, and Dorothy Somers. 

(The Vice President for Student Services is an ex officio member of each of the 
following subcommittees to the Student Services Committee.) 

Artist Adventure Subcommittee: Everett Schlisner, Chairman; John Durichek, 
Betty Garver, Orlo Gilbert, Tim Korson, Jeanette Stepanske, and William 
Wohlers. 

Films Subcommittee: Robert Merchant, Chairman; Colleen Barrow, Loranne 
Grace, Wilma McClarty, and David Turner. 

Loans and Scholarships Subcommittee: Laurel Wells, Chairman (ex off.); 
Reed Christman, Leona Gulley, Merritt MacLafferty, Dorothy Somers, and Randy 
White. 

Programs Subcommittee: Edgar Grundset, Chairman; Joyce Cotham, Frank 
DiMemmo, Ted Evans, and Marie Krall. 

Recreation Subcommittee: Robert Kamieneski, Chairman; Steve Jaecks (ex 
off.), Carol Bauer, Katye Hunt, Henry Kuhlman, and Steve Warren. 

Religious Life Council Subcommittee; James Herman, Chairman (ex off.); Jerry 
Gladson, Ron Qualley, Ron Springett, Elvie Swinson, and Nancy Thiel. 

Freshman Support Subcommittee: Ron Barrow, Chairman {ex off.); William 
Allen (ex off.), Reed Christman (ex off.), K. R. Davis (ex off.), Carole Haynes (ex 
off.), Ed Lamb, Millie Runyan (ex. off.), Everett Schlisner (ex off.), and Laurel 
Wells (ex off.). 

Screening Subcommittee: Pat Silver, Chairman; Steve Jaecks, Ron Qualley, 
and Dorothy Somers. 



Faculty Committees 



Discipline Pool Subcommittee: Ruby Birch, Chairman; Bonnie Hunt, Wilma r» <i t» 
McClarty, Olson Perry, Cecil Rolfe, Donna Spurlock, and Larry Williams. 4* «Jt) 

COMPUTER SERVICES USERS: Richard Reiner, Chairman (ex off.); William 
Allen, Co-Chairman (ex off.); Mary Elam, Tim Korson, Henry Kuhlman, Louesa 
Peters, William Richards, Laurel Wells, and John Beckett (consultant). 

FACULTY HANDBOOK: (all positions mandated as ex officio by the Faculty 
Handbook). William Wohlers, Chairman; Jeanne Davis, Robert Merchant, (Sec- 
retary of the Faculty Senate for 1984-85). 

ADMINISTRATIVE DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY: Wayne VandeVere, Chair- 
man; John Beckett, Jeanne Davis, Betty Garver, Marvin Robertson, Everett 
Schlisner, and Randy White. 

The following ad hoc committees function under the supervision of the Dean of 
Students: Ministerial Recommendations; Medical Student Recommendations. 

The decision of any committee may be appealed to the college president. 



INDEX 



Absences 33 

Abbreviations, Divisional 38 

Academic Calendar ii 

Academic Honesty 31 

Academic Information 28 

Academic Probation and Dismissal ... 31 

Academy Building 4 

Accounting, Courses in 68 

Accounts, Statements and Billing 199, 202 
Accreditation and Memberships 3, 87, 171 

Administration Building 4 

Administrative Staff 219 

Admission to SC 11 

Admission to Teacher Education 88 

Advance Payment 200 

Adventist Colleges Abroad 

Financial Policy 201 

Allied Health Professions 160 

Anesthesia 192 

Application Procedure 14 

Art, Courses in 41 

Arthur W. Spalding School 4 

Associate Degree Programs 26 

Accounting 67 

Child Care Administration 94 

Computer Science 126 

Construction Technology 1 17 

Food Service 101 

Home Economics 101 

Industrial Technology 117 

Media Technology 45 

Nursing 171 

Office Administration 73 

Attendance Regulations 33 

Auditing Courses 29 

Auto Body, Diploma Program 118 

Baccalaureate Degree Programs 25 

Bachelor of Arts 26 

Art 41 

Biology 151 

Chemistry 156 

Communication 44 

English , 49 

French 59 

German 59 

Health, Physical Education 

and Recreation 109 

History 54 

International Studies 60 

Mathematics 130 

Music 143 

Physics 134 

Psychology 79 

Religion 186 

Spanish 59 

Bachelor of Business Administration . 66 

Bachelor of Music Education 142 

Bachelor of Science 26 

Behavioral Science 80 

Family Studies 80 

Social Work 80 



Sociology 80 

Biology 151 

Business Administration 67 

Chemistry 156 

Computer Science 125 

Math 126 

Business 126 

Education 85, 95 

Accreditation 87 

Elementary 89 

Professional Semester 88 

Secondary 91 

Health Science 109 

Home Economics 100 

Industrial Education 115 

Long-Term Health Care 67 

Mathematics 130 

Medical Science 163 

Medical Technology 164 

Nursing 167 

Office Administration 72 

Physics 133 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 206 

Bankruptcy 205 

Behavioral Science, Courses in 80 

Biblical Language, Courses in 191 

Biblical Studies, Courses in 188 

Biology, Courses in 152 

Board of Trustees 218 

Executive Board 218 

Business Administration, 
Courses in 70 

Campus Organizations 9 

Certification 3, 87 

Changes in Registration 28 

Chapel Attendance 34 

Chemistry, Courses in 157 

Class Attendance 33 

Class Standing 18 

Collection Policy 205 

College Plaza 4 

College Publications 45 

College Within a College 191 

Collegedale Church 4 

Commercial Auxiliaries Managers 220 

Communication, Courses in 46 

Computer Center 4 

Computer Science, Courses in 127 

Concert-Lecture Series 9 

Conduct 9 

Construction, Courses in 117 

Correspondence Work 35 

Counseling 6 

Course Load 29 

Course Numbers 37 

Course Sequence 36 

Darnells Hall 4 

Dean's List 25 

Degree Requirements, Basic 16 

Degrees Ctffered 16 



See Associate of Science 26 

Bachelor of Arts 26 

Bachelor of Music 26 

Bachelor of Science 26 

General Education 

Requirements 20 

Major and Minor 

Requirements 25 

Dental Hygiene 160 

Dentistry 192 

Dietetics 161 

Dining Services 6 

Dismissal 31 

Division of 

Arts and Letters . . 39 

Business and Office Administration 65 

Education and Human Sciences ... 79 
Health, Physical Education 

and Recreation 109 

Industrial Education 115 

Mathematical Sciences 125 

Music 139 

Natural Science 151 

Nursing 167 

Religion 185 

Earth Science, Courses in 137 

Economics, Courses in 69 

Education, Courses in 95 

Elementary Education 89 

Employment Service 8 

English, Courses in 50 

Proficiency in 13 

Engineering 137 

Examinations 

Attendance 34 

Credit by 35 

CLEP 35 

Special 35 

Expenses (See Student 

Financial Information) 197 

Facilities 4 

Faculty 

Committees 233 

Directory 222 

Financial Information 197 

Aid 209 

Grants 213 

Loans 214 

Satisfactory Academic 

Progress for 210 

Scholarships 213, 215 

Veterans 213 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 206 

Expenses 

Advance Payments 200 

Application Fee 198 

Food Service 200 

Foreign Student Deposit 201 

Housing , 199 

Late Registration 199 



Tithe and Church Expense 209 

Tuition and Fees 197 

Tuition Refunds 197, 204 

Family Rebate 197 

Methods of Payment 202 

Fine Arts Series 9 

Food and Nutrition, Courses in 101 

Food Service, One- Year 

Certificate Course 101 

Foreign Study 58 

French, Courses in 61 

Freshman Standing 11 

Full-Time Student 30 

Gardening, Courses in 152 

General Education, Purpose of 19 

General Education Requirements 20 

Geography, Courses in 57 

German, Courses in 61 

Grading System 30 

Graduation in Absentia 18 

Graduation Requirements 18 

Graduation with Honors 25 

Greek, Courses in 191 

Grievance Procedure 33 

Guidance and Counseling 6 

Hackman Hall 4 

Health Education, Courses in 112 

Health Insurance 205 

Health, Physical Education and 

Recreation, Courses in 110 

Health Service 6 

History of the College 2 

History, Courses in 55 

Home Economics, Courses in 101 

Home Management, Courses in 103 

Honors, Graduation with 25 

Honors Program 23 

Honors Studies Sequence 24 

Housing 199 

Deposit 199 

Humanities, Course in 41 

Incompletes 30 

Industrial Education, Courses in . 119 

Interest 205 

International Students 13 

Jones Hall 4 

Journalism, Courses in 48 

Labor Regulations 206 

Foreign Students 209 

Labor-Class Load 206 

Late Registration 199 

Law 193 

Ledford Hall 4 

Library Science, Courses in 106 

Loans 214 

Lynn Wood Hall 4 



Major and Minor Requirements 25 

Mathematics, Courses in 131 

Mazie Herin Hall 4 

McKee Library 4 

Medical Records Administration 161 

Medical Science 163 

Medical Technology, Course in 164 

Medicine 193 

Minors 

Art 41 

Behavioral Science 80 

Biblical Languages 188 

Biology 151 

Business Administration 67 

Chemistry 156 

Communication 45 

Computer Science 126 

English 50 

English Related Fields 50 

Family Studies . . 80 

Foods and Food Service 100 

French 59 

German . 59 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 109 

History 55 

Home Economics 100 

Industrial Education . 115 

Journalism 45 

Library Science 105 

Mathematics 132 

Music 143 

Office Administration 72 

Physics . 134 

Practical Theology 190 

Psychology 80 

Radio-TV-Film 45 

Religion 185 

Sociology 80 

Spanish 59 

Modern Languages, Courses in 61 

Music, Courses in 144 

Curricula 

Bachelor of Music 141 

Bachelor of Arts 143 

Ensembles 140, 148 

Fees 198 

Nursing, Courses in 174 

Accreditation 171 

Admission Requirements . . 12, 170, 176 

Curricula 173, 178 

Expenses 198 

Loans 214,215 

Scholarships 213, 215 

Objectives of the College 1 

Occupational Therapy 162 

Office Administration, Courses in 75 

On-the-Job Training 45 

One- Year Certificates 18, 27 

Auto Body, Repair and Refinishing 118 



Food Service 101 

Optometry 194 

Organizations 9 

Orientation Program 8 

Osteopathic Medicine 194 

Overseas Study 40 

Petition 32 

Pharmacy 195 

Philosophy 1 

Physical Education Building 4 

Physical Education, Courses in 112 

Physical Therapy 162 

Physics, Courses in 133 

Placement 8 

Political Science, Courses in 57 

Practical Theology, Courses in .190 

Pre-professional and 

Technical Curricula 27, 192 

Anesthesia 192 

Dental Hygiene 160 

Dentistry 192 

Dietetics 161 

Law 193 

Medical Records Administration ... 161 

Medicine 193 

Occupational Therapy 162 

Optometry 194 

Osteopathy 194 

Pharmacy 195 

Physical Therapy 162 

Public Health Science 195 

Radiology Technology 162 

Respiratory Therapy 163 

Veterinary Medicine 196 

Probation 31 

Programs of Study 16 

Psychology, Courses in 81 

Public Health Science 195 

Publications 9, 45 

Radiology Technology 162 

Radio Station, WSMC-FM 4 

Radio-TV-Film, Courses in 46 

Rebate, Family '. . 197 

Refund Policy 204 

Credit Refund 204 

Registration 28 

Rehabilitation Act 5 

Religion, Courses in 188 

Religious Organizations 9 

Residence Halls 5 

Residence Requirements 19 

Respiratory Therapy 163 

Right of Petition 32 

Scholarships 213, 215 

Scholastic Probation 31 

Secondary Education 91 

Self-Supporting Work, Course in 191 

Senior Placement Service 8 

Sequence of Courses * 36, 37 



Service Auxiliaries, Managers 219 

Setting of College 2 

SC Principals and Presidents 217 

SC Students 3 

Social Work, Courses in 83 

Sociology, Courses in 84 

Southern Scholars 23 

Spanish, Courses in 62 

Special Student 13 

Special Fees and Charges 198 

Speech, Courses in 49 

Standards of Conduct 9 

Student Association 8 

Student Center 4 

Student Employment Service 8 

Student Life and Services 5 

Study and Work Load 29 

Subject Requirements 

for Admission 11 

Summerour Hall 4 

Talge Hall 4 

Teacher Education Certification 91 

Textiles and Clothing, Courses in .... 104 

Thatcher Hall 4 

Theology, Courses in Practical 190 

Tithe and Church Expense 209 

Transcripts 36, 206 



Transfer of Credit 12 

Transfer Students 12 

Trustees, Board of 218 

Tuition and Fees 197 

Tuition Refunds 204 

Two- Year Terminal Curricula 

Accounting 67 

Computer Science 126 

Construction Technology 117 

Food Service 101 

Home Economics 101 

Industrial Technology 117 

Media Technology 45 

Nursing 171 

Office Administration 73 

Upper Division 19 

Veterans 213 

Veterinary Medicine 196 

Waiver Examinations 34 

Withdrawals 206 

Work-Study Schedule 29 

Worship Services 10 

Wright Hall 4 

WSMC-FM 4 



For Reference 

Not to be taken 
from this library 



1984 







JULY 










AUGUST 










SEPTEMBER 






s 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


1 


2 


3 4 5 


6 


7 






1 2 


3 


4 










1 


8 


9 


10 11 12 


13 


14 


5 


6 


7 8 9 


10 


11 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


8 


15 


16 


17 18 19 


20 


21 


12 


13 


14 15 16 


17 


18 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


22 


23 


24 25 26 


27 


28 


19 


20 


21 22 23 


24 


25 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


29 


30 


31 
OCTOBER 






26 


27 


28 29 30 
NOVEMBER 


31 




23 
30 


24 


25 26 27 
DECEMBER 


28 


29 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 




1 


2 3 4 


5 


6 






1 


2 


3 










1 


7 


8 


9 10 11 


12 


13 


4 


5 


6 7 8 


9 


10 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


8 


14 


15 


16 17 18 


19 


20 


11 


12 


13 14 15 


16 


17 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 


27 


18 


19 


20 21 22 


23 


24 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


28 


29 


30 31 






25 


26 


27 28 29 


30 




23 
30 


24 
31 


25 26 27 


28 


29 



1985 



JANUARY 

5 M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 



APRIL 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 







FEBRUARY 










MARCH 






s 


M 


T W T 


F 
1 


S 
2 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 

1 


S 
2 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 


9 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 20 21, 


22 


23 


17 


18 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 27 28 






24 


25 


26 27 28 


29 


30 



S M 



5 6 
12 13 



7 
14 
19 20 21 



MAY 

T W T F 

1 % 3 

8 a 10 

15 16, 17 



S 

4 

11 

18 



22 ?3» OA oc 



31 

JUNE 

S M T W T F S 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

If 17 18 19 20 21 22 

»5 26 27 28 29 



JULY 

5 M T W 

1 2 3 
7 8 9 10 
14 15 16 17 w .o iu 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 

OCTOBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 



S0UTHERN.C0LLEGEJCK^ 

TMS084679 



-rr-« 13 14 T¥~l6 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 

NOVEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 



■PTEMBER 

r W T F s 

3 4 5 6 7 

J> 11 12 13 14 

17 18 19 20 21 

24 25 26 27 28 

DECEMBER 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 26 



15 16 
22 23 
29 30 



24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 



NOT TO BE TAKEN 
FROM LIBRARY 












EDGE INDEX 

Bend book so the edge shows. 

Open to black flag opposite the proper 

designation. 



STUDENT AND ACADEMIC 

INFORMATION 

Student Life and Services 
Admission to SC 
Programs of Study 
Academic Information 



DIVISION OF ARTS AND LETTERS 
Art 

Communication 
English 
History 
Humanities 
Modern Languages 



DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND 
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION AND 
HUMAN SCIENCES 

Behavioral Science 

Education 

Home Economics 

Library Science 



DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION AND RECREATION 



DIVISION 
EDUCATION 



DIVISION OF MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 

Physics 

Engineering 



DIVISION OF MUSIC 



DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCE 
Biology 
Chemistry 

Allied Health Professions 
Medical Science 
Medical Technology 



DIVISION OF NURSING 
DIVISION OF RELIGION 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



Nonprofit Organizs 
U.S. POSTAG 

PAID 

Permit No. 6 
Collegedale, TN 3: